WO2023136277A1 - Compound and use of same - Google Patents
Compound and use of same Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023136277A1 WO2023136277A1 PCT/JP2023/000548 JP2023000548W WO2023136277A1 WO 2023136277 A1 WO2023136277 A1 WO 2023136277A1 JP 2023000548 W JP2023000548 W JP 2023000548W WO 2023136277 A1 WO2023136277 A1 WO 2023136277A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- compound
- substituted
- general formula
- protease
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
- A61K31/4015—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil having oxo groups directly attached to the heterocyclic ring, e.g. piracetam, ethosuximide
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
- A61K31/4164—1,3-Diazoles
- A61K31/4174—Arylalkylimidazoles, e.g. oxymetazolin, naphazoline, miconazole
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
- A61K31/4164—1,3-Diazoles
- A61K31/4178—1,3-Diazoles not condensed 1,3-diazoles and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. pilocarpine, nitrofurantoin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/496—Non-condensed piperazines containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. rifampin, thiothixene or sparfloxacin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D207/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D207/24—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
- C07D207/26—2-Pyrrolidones
- C07D207/263—2-Pyrrolidones with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms directly attached to other ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D233/64—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms, e.g. histidine
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
Definitions
- This disclosure relates to compounds and uses thereof. Specifically, the present disclosure relates to novel compounds and protease inhibitors and antiviral pharmaceutical compositions comprising said novel compounds.
- the present disclosure claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-002869 filed in Japan on January 12, 2022, the content of which is incorporated herein.
- Novel coronavirus infection (COVID-19; Coronavirus disease 2019) is caused by severe acute respiratory syndrome (Severe acute respiratory syndrome) coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2) (hereinafter referred to as "SARS coronavirus-2") It is an infection caused by Drugs that block the replication of SARS-coronavirus-2 and halt the progression of viral infection in patients are being sought as therapeutics for COVID-19.
- SARS coronavirus-2 severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2
- M pro the main protease of SARS-coronavirus-2 has been identified as a potential target for therapeutic agents.
- M pro is a cysteine protease and an enzyme involved in viral replication.
- 3C-like protease also called C30 endopeptidase.
- Rupintrivir and the like are known as inhibitory compounds against M pro , and their effectiveness against SARS-coronavirus-2 is being investigated.
- most inhibitory compounds against M pro are peptide-like compounds in which a structure in which ⁇ -amino acids are polymerized is bound to the reactive site (warhead) (see, for example, Non-Patent Document 1, etc.).
- the known inhibitory compounds against M pro are peptide-like compounds, so from the viewpoint of pharmacokinetics and future resistance mutant strains, compounds that exhibit inhibitory activity that is necessarily satisfactory in vivo. I can't say. Thus, there is a need for non-peptidomimetic compounds with inhibitory activity against M pro .
- Pillaiyar T et al. “An Overview of Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome-Coronavirus (SARS-CoV) 3CL Protease Inhibitors: Peptidomimetics and Small Molecule Chemotherapy.”, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 59, Issue 14, pp. 659 5-6628 , 2016.
- SARS-CoV Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome-Coronavirus
- the present disclosure has been made in view of the above circumstances, a novel compound having inhibitory activity against protease and having a non-peptide-like structure, and a protease inhibitor and an antiviral drug containing the novel compound A composition is provided.
- a protease inhibitor containing a compound represented by the following general formula (I) as an active ingredient includes the following aspects.
- R 11 and R 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a group represented by general formula (II) below, and when either one of R 11 and R 12 is a hydrogen atom, The other is a group represented by the following general formula (II).
- R 13 is a 1H-imidazol-4-yl group or a pyrrolidin-2-one-3-yl group
- R 14 is a formyl group, —CH ⁇ CHCO 2 R′, —C( ⁇ O)—R′′, or a cyano group
- R′ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a benzyl group
- R′′ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- R 21 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted or a group represented by the following general formula (III).
- an asterisk represents a binding site with an amide bond
- Y 31 is a methylene group or a methylmethylene group
- R 31 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
- the protease inhibitor according to (1) which contains a compound represented by the following general formula (I-1) or a compound represented by the following general formula (I-2) as an active ingredient.
- R 111 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group, or the general formula (III) is a group represented by
- R 121 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group, or the general formula (III) is a group represented by
- An antiviral pharmaceutical composition comprising the protease inhibitor according to any one of (1) to (6) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- R 11 and R 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a group represented by general formula (II) below, and when either one of R 11 and R 12 is a hydrogen atom, The other is a group represented by the following general formula (II).
- R 13 is a 1H-imidazol-4-yl group or a pyrrolidin-2-one-3-yl group
- R 14 is a formyl group, —CH ⁇ CHCO 2 R′, —C( ⁇ O)—R′′, or a cyano group
- R′ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a benzyl group
- R′′ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- R 21 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted or a group represented by the following general formula (III).
- an asterisk represents a binding site with an amide bond
- Y 31 is a methylene group or a methylmethylene group
- R 31 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
- the protease inhibitor of this embodiment contains a compound represented by the following general formula (I) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (I)”) as an active ingredient.
- R 11 and R 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a group represented by general formula (II) below, and when either one of R 11 and R 12 is a hydrogen atom, The other is a group represented by the following general formula (II).
- R 13 is a 1H-imidazol-4-yl group or a pyrrolidin-2-one-3-yl group
- R 14 is a formyl group, —CH ⁇ CHCO 2 R′, —C( ⁇ O)—R′′, or a cyano group
- R′ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a benzyl group
- R′′ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- R 21 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted or a group represented by the following general formula (III).
- an asterisk represents a bonding site with a benzene ring
- Y 31 is a methylene group or a methylmethylene group
- R 31 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
- the protease inhibitor of the present embodiment can effectively inhibit proteases by containing the compound (I).
- "containing as an active ingredient” means containing an effective amount of compound (I) for inhibition of protease.
- the protease to be inhibited by the protease inhibitor of the present embodiment is not particularly limited, but examples include serine protease, cysteine protease, threonine protease, aspartic protease, glutamic protease, metalloprotease, asparagine protease, and the like. Among them, cysteine protease is preferred.
- Cysteine proteases also called thiol proteases and SH proteases, are proteases that use the thiol group of cysteine as a nucleophilic group at the catalytic site.
- Specific examples of cysteine proteases include papain, ficin, bromelain, etc. for plants, cathepsin B, cathepsin H, cathepsin L, calcium-dependent protease, etc. for animals, and 3C protease for viruses. , 3C-like (3CL) proteases, and the like.
- the cysteine protease is preferably a 3C protease or a 3C-like (3CL) protease, more preferably a 3C-like (3CL) protease.
- 3C protease and 3CL protease are cysteine proteases possessed by viruses that cause various infectious diseases, and are known as proteases involved in virus replication. Therefore, inhibitors of 3C protease or 3CL protease can suppress viral replication and proliferation, and are useful as therapeutic agents for infectious diseases caused by the virus.
- compound (I) has a particularly excellent inhibitory activity against the 3CL protease (M pro ) of SARS-coronavirus-2.
- M pro As a protease of interest, the 3CL protease of SARS-coronavirus-2 (M pro ) is particularly preferred.
- Compound (I) is a compound represented by the following general formula (I).
- R 13 and R 14 correspond to the warhead portion, in particular R 13 interacts with histidine residue at position 163 in 3CL protease of SARS-coronavirus-2, and R 14 is SARS -It can specifically bind to 3CL protease of coronavirus-2 by interacting with the 145th cysteine residue in 3CL protease of coronavirus-2.
- the ortho- or meta-substituted aminobenzoic acid moiety in compound (I) is not an amino acid structure constituting a protein, it is highly resistant to degradation in vivo and can exhibit stable pharmacokinetics.
- cysteine proteases other than SARS-coronavirus-2 3CL protease The relative arrangement of the histidine and cysteine residues, which are essential for activity expression in SARS-coronavirus-2 3CL protease, is also preserved in cysteine proteases other than SARS-coronavirus-2 3CL protease. ing. Therefore, compound (I) can also specifically bind to cysteine proteases other than the 3CL protease of SARS-coronavirus-2 exemplified above.
- R 11 and R 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a group represented by general formula (II) below, and when either one of R 11 and R 12 is a hydrogen atom, The other is a group represented by the following general formula (II).
- R 13 is a 1H-imidazol-4-yl group or a pyrrolidin-2-one-3-yl group
- R 14 is a formyl group, —CH ⁇ CHCO 2 R′, —C( ⁇ O)—R′′, or a cyano group
- R′ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a benzyl group
- R′′ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- R 21 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted or a group represented by the following general formula (III).
- an asterisk represents a bonding site with a benzene ring
- Y 31 is a methylene group or a methylmethylene group
- R 31 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
- R 11 and R 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a group represented by general formula (II) below (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “group (II)”). When either one of R 11 and R 12 is a hydrogen atom, the other is group (II).
- Group (II) Group (II) is represented by the following general formula (II).
- general formula (II) an asterisk represents a binding site with a benzene ring.
- R21 R 21 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group, or a group represented by the following general formula (III) (hereinafter, " (sometimes referred to as “group (III)").
- an asterisk represents a bonding site with a benzene ring
- Y 31 is a methylene group or a methylmethylene group
- R 31 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
- Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms for R 21 include an ethyl group, a methyl group, a propyl group and an isopropyl group.
- substituents of the alkyl group for R 21 include a halogen atom, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a heteroaryl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbon A halogenated heteroaryl group having a number of 2 or more and 12 or less and the like can be mentioned.
- the halogen atom includes, for example, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom and the like.
- Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include a phenyl group, 2-methylphenyl group, 3-methylphenyl group, 4-methylphenyl group, 2-naphthyl group and biphenyl group.
- halogenated aryl group having 6 or more and 12 or less carbon atoms examples include a 4-chlorophenyl group and the like.
- heteroaryl group having 2 or more and 12 or less carbon atoms examples include a 5-indolyl group and a 2-pyridyl group.
- halogenated heteroaryl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms examples include 2-chlorothiazol-4-yl group and the like.
- the alkyl group for R 21 may be substituted with one substituent, or may be substituted with a combination of two or more substituents.
- substituents of the phenyl group and pyrrolidinyl group in R 21 include a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a heteroaryl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, Aralkyl groups having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, heteroaralkyl groups having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, piperazin-1-ylsulfonyl groups, alkylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl groups and the like can be mentioned.
- halogen atom examples of the halogen atom, the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and the heteroaryl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms are the same as those exemplified for the alkyl group substituent for R 21 above.
- alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are the same as those exemplified as the alkyl group for R 21 above.
- the aralkyl group having 7 or more and 12 or less carbon atoms includes, for example, a benzyl group.
- heteroaralkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms examples include 5-indolylmethyl group and the like.
- alkylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl groups examples include 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl groups.
- the phenyl group and pyrrolidinyl group in R 21 may each be substituted with one type of substituent, or may be substituted with a combination of two or more types of substituents.
- R 21 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms substituted with an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a piperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group or an alkylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group.
- a substituted phenyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms or a heteroaralkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, or group (III) is preferred, and a methyl group substituted with a biphenyl group (that is, a biphenylmethyl group), a phenyl group substituted with a fluorine atom or a 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with a benzyl group or a 5-indolylmethyl group, or the group (III) is more preferable.
- Y 31 is a methylene group or a methylmethylene group.
- R 31 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
- Substituents of the cyclohexyl group in R 31 include a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a piperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group, and an alkylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group. etc.
- Examples of the halogen atom and the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms are the same as those exemplified for the substituent of the alkyl group for R 21 above.
- Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are the same as those exemplified as the alkyl group for R 21 above.
- Examples of the substituent of the phenyl group for R 31 include the same as those exemplified as the substituent of the phenyl group for R 21 above.
- the cyclohexyl group and phenyl group for R 31 may each be substituted with one type of substituent, or may be substituted by a combination of two or more types of substituents.
- R 31 is preferably an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a substituted phenyl group, more preferably an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a phenyl group substituted with a halogen atom, and an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a fluorine atom-substituted Further preferred are phenyl groups.
- R 13 is a 1H-imidazol-4-yl group or a pyrrolidin-2-one-3-yl group.
- R 14 is a formyl group, —CH ⁇ CHCO 2 R′, —C( ⁇ O)—R′′, or a cyano group
- R′ is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 or more. 4 or less alkyl group or benzyl group
- R′′ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- R′ and R′′ examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in R′ and R′′ include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, sec-butyl group, isobutyl group and tert-butyl group. be done.
- substituents of the alkyl groups in R′ and R′′ include halogen atoms, aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and the like.
- Halogen atoms and aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include the above Examples thereof are the same as those exemplified for the substituent of the alkyl group for R 21 .
- the alkyl groups in R' and R'' may be substituted with one type of substituent, or may be substituted with a combination of two or more types of substituents.
- R' is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a benzyl group, and more preferably an ethyl group or a benzyl group.
- R" is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, more preferably an ethyl group.
- Preferred compounds (I) include, for example, R 11 is group (II), and R 21 in group (II) is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms substituted with an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, piperazine-1 - A phenyl group substituted with an ylsulfonyl group or an alkylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms or a heteroaralkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, or a group ( III) is; R 12 is a hydrogen atom; R 13 is a 1H-imidazol-4-yl group or a pyrrolidin-2-one-3-yl group; and R 14 is a formyl group, —CH ⁇ CHCO 2 R′, or a cyano group; etc.
- preferred compounds (I) include, for example, R 11 is a hydrogen atom; R 12 is group (II), and R 21 in group (II) is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms substituted with an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, piperazine-1 - A phenyl group substituted with an ylsulfonyl group or an alkylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms or a heteroaralkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, or a group ( III) is; R 13 is a 1H-imidazol-4-yl group or a pyrrolidin-2-one-3-yl group; and R 14 is a formyl group, —CH ⁇ CHCO 2 R′, or a cyano group; etc.
- preferred compounds (I) include, for example, compounds represented by the following general formula (I-1) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (I-1)”), the following general formula (I -2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (I-2)”), a compound represented by the following general formula (1-3a) (hereinafter, “compound (I-3a)” may be referred to as), a compound represented by the following general formula (1-3b) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (I-3b)”), represented by the following general formula (1-4a) a compound (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (I-4a)”), a compound represented by the following general formula (1-4b) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (I-4b)”), A compound represented by the following general formula (1-5a) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (I-5a)”), a compound represented by the following general formula (1-5b) (hereinafter referred to as "compound (I-5
- R 111 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group, or the general formula (III) is a group represented by
- R 121 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group, or the general formula (III) is a group represented by
- R 131 and R 132 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or It is an unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group or a group represented by the general formula (III).
- R 141 and R 142 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or It is an unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group or a group represented by the general formula (III).
- R 151 and R 152 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or It is an unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group or a group represented by the general formula (III).
- R 161 and R 162 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or It is an unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group or a group represented by the general formula (III).
- R 111 , R 121 , R 131 , R 132 , R 141 , R 142 , R 151 , R 152 , R 161 and R 162 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, substituted Alternatively, it is an unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group, or group (III).
- the group (III) here includes the same groups as those exemplified for the above "R 21 ".
- R 111 , R 121 , R 131 , R 132 , R 141 , R 142 , R 151 , R 152 , R 161 and R 162 are each independently substituted with an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
- a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with a heteroaralkyl group of 12 or less, or group (III) is preferable, and a methyl group substituted with a biphenyl group (that is, a biphenylmethyl group), a fluorine atom or 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl
- a phenyl group substituted with a group, a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with a benzyl group or a 5-indolylmethyl group, or group (III) is more preferred.
- preferred compounds (I-1) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-1-1) to (I-1-6) (hereinafter, “compound (I-1-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferable compound (I-1), and preferable compound (I-1) is not limited to these.
- preferred compounds (I-2) include compounds represented by the following formulas (I-2-1) to (I-2-3) (hereinafter, “compound (I-2-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferable compound (I-2), and preferable compound (I-2) is not limited to these.
- Preferred compounds (I-3a) include, for example, a methyl group substituted with a biphenyl group (that is, a biphenylmethyl group), a fluorine atom or a phenyl group substituted with a 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group.
- preferred compounds (I-3a) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-3a-1) to (I-3a-5) (hereinafter, “compound (I-3a-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferred compounds (I-3a), and preferred compounds (I-3a) are not limited to these.
- preferred compounds (I-3b) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-3b-1) to (I-3b-3) (hereinafter, “compound (I-3b-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferred compounds (I-3b), and preferred compounds (I-3b) are not limited to these.
- Preferred compounds (I-4a) include, for example, a methyl group substituted with a biphenyl group (that is, a biphenylmethyl group), a fluorine atom or a phenyl group substituted with a 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group.
- preferred compounds (I-4a) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-4a-1) to (I-4a-5) (hereinafter, “compound (I-4a-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferred compounds (I-4a), and preferred compounds (I-4a) are not limited to these.
- preferred compounds (I-4b) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-4b-1) to (I-4b-3) (hereinafter, “compound (I-4b-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferred compounds (I-4b), and preferred compounds (I-4b) are not limited to these.
- preferred compounds (I-5a) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-5a-1) to (I-5a-5) (hereinafter, “compound (I-5a-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferable compound (I-5a), and preferable compound (I-5a) is not limited to these.
- preferred compounds (I-5b) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-5b-1) to (I-5b-3) (hereinafter, “compound (I-5b-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferred compounds (I-5b), and preferred compounds (I-5b) are not limited to these.
- preferred compounds (I-6a) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-6a-1) to (I-6a-5) (hereinafter, “compound (I-6a-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferred compounds (I-6a), and preferred compounds (I-6a) are not limited to these.
- preferred compounds (I-6b) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-6b-1) to (I-6b-3) (hereinafter, “compound (I-6b-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferred compounds (I-6b), and preferred compounds (I-6b) are not limited to these.
- compound (I-1-1) or compound (I-1-2) is preferable because it has particularly excellent inhibitory activity against 3CL protease, as shown in the examples below.
- (I-1-1) is more preferred.
- the protease inhibitor of this embodiment may contain a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of compound (I) instead of compound (I).
- pharmaceutically acceptable generally means to the extent that side effects are not caused when appropriately administered to a subject animal.
- the salt is preferably a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt or basic salt.
- Acid addition salts include salts with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, hydrobromic acid and sulfuric acid; acetic acid, formic acid, propionic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, malic acid, benzoic acid Acids, salts with organic acids such as methanesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid are included.
- inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, hydrobromic acid and sulfuric acid
- acetic acid formic acid, propionic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, malic acid, benzoic acid
- Acids, salts with organic acids such as methanesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid are included.
- Basic salts include salts with inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide and magnesium hydroxide; salts with organic bases such as caffeine, piperidine, trimethylamine and pyridine.
- Compound (I) can be prepared, for example, according to the type of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 by known reactions to give 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene or 1-amino-3-carboxybenzene can be produced by introducing the functional group described above into. Specifically, it is as follows.
- compound (I-1) is, for example, A compound represented by the following general formula (I-1a) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-1a)”) is reacted with 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene to obtain the following general formula: A step of obtaining a compound represented by formula (I-1b) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-1b)”) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-1b) production step”) there is); and Compound (I-1b) and a compound represented by the following general formula (I-1c) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-1c)”) are reacted to give compound (I- a step of obtaining 1) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-1) production step A”); (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “method A for producing compound (I-1)”).
- compound (I-1a) hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-1a)
- R 111 is the same as above.
- compound (I-1) is, for example, Compound (I-1c) and 1-amino-2-methoxycarbonylbenzene are reacted to obtain a compound represented by the following general formula (I-1d) (hereinafter abbreviated as “compound (I-1d)” (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-1d) manufacturing step”); and a step of hydrolyzing the ester bond of compound (I-1d) to obtain compound (I-1e) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-1e) production step”); A step of reacting compound (I-1e) with compound (I-1a) to obtain compound (I-1) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-1) production step B”) ); (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “method B for producing compound (I-1)”).
- R 111 is the same as above.
- Compound (I-1a) Compound (I-1a) (1H-Imidazole-4-methylcarboxamide) is a known compound, and commercially available products can be obtained and used.
- compound (I-1a) a compound represented by the following general formula (I-1a') (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "compound (I-1a')”) can be used.
- Compound (I-1a') is obtained by substituting the formyl group of compound (I-1a) with a methoxycarbonyl group, and replacing the active hydrogen group of the 1H-imidazol-4-yl group with a triphenylmethyl group (trityl group). protected.
- Compound (I-1a') is a known compound, and commercially available products can be obtained and used.
- compound (I-1a') When compound (I-1a') is used, the following reaction is carried out before or after compound (I-1) production step A described below, preferably after compound (I-1) production step A. By doing so, the trityl group can be deprotected and the methoxycarbonyl group can be converted to a formyl group. 1) a reaction in which a methoxycarbonyl group is reduced with a known reducing agent and substituted with a methylhydroxyl group; 2) reaction to activate the active hydrogen group of the 1H-imidazol-4-yl group by deprotecting the trityl group under acidic conditions; 3) A reaction in which a methyl hydroxyl group is oxidized with a known oxidizing agent to form a formyl group.
- Examples of the reducing agent used in the above reaction 1) include sodium borohydride (NaBH 4 ) and the like. These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
- the amount of the reducing agent used can be 0.5 to 20 times the molar amount of the compound to be reduced.
- the reaction temperature can be -20°C or higher and 50°C or lower.
- acids used in the above reaction 2 include Bronsted acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and hydrochloric acid; SnCl 2 , BiCl 3 , CeCl 3 , FeCl 3 , BF 3 Acids such as ZnBr2 . These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
- the amount of acid used can be 0.001 to 20 times the molar amount of the trityl group in the compound.
- the reaction temperature is preferably -20°C or higher and 50°C or lower, more preferably -4°C or higher and 25°C or lower.
- the reaction time is preferably 1 minute or more and 30 hours or less, more preferably 1 minute or more and 20 hours or less.
- Examples of the oxidizing agent used in the above reaction 3) include Dess-Martin periodinane (DMP).
- the amount of the oxidizing agent used is preferably 0.5 to 2.0 times the molar amount of the compound to be oxidized, and 0.75 to 1.5 times the molar amount of the compound to be oxidized. and more preferably 0.8-fold molar amount or more and 1.2-fold molar amount or less.
- the reaction temperature is preferably -20°C or higher and 50°C or lower, more preferably -4°C or higher and 25°C or lower.
- the reaction time can be 10 minutes or more and 30 hours or less.
- the reaction is preferably carried out using an amide condensing agent.
- amide condensing agents include N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide (EDCl), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT), 1-hydroxy -7-azabenzotriazole (HOAT), diphenyl phosphate azide (DPPA), O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) , 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-benzotriazolium 3-oxide tetrafluoroborate (TBTU), 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo( 4,5-b) pyridinium 3-oxide hexafluorophosphate (HATU), 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,
- the amount of the amide condensing agent used can be, for example, 1.0 to 10.0 times the molar amount of 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene.
- Examples of the base include trialkylamines such as triethylamine and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (N,N-diisopropylethylamine; DIEA). These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
- trialkylamines such as triethylamine and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (N,N-diisopropylethylamine; DIEA). These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
- the amount of base used can be, for example, 0.1 to 10 times the molar amount of 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene.
- An aprotic solvent is preferably used as a reaction solvent in the compound (I-1b) manufacturing process.
- the aprotic solvent is not particularly limited, but examples include pentane, hexane, cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, decahydronaphthalene, toluene, triethylamine, tert-butyl methyl ether, chloroform, ethyl acetate, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 2- Methoxyethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, pyridine, 2-butanone, acetone, N-methylpyrrolidinone, nitromethane, acetonitrile, sulfolane, dimethylsulfoxide, diisopropylethylamine, isopropyl acetate, N,N-dimethylformamide, propylene carbonate etc.
- the aprotic solvent may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used in combination. When two or more of them are used in combination, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
- the amount of the solvent used can be 10 to 1000 times the molar amount of 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene.
- the amount of compound (I-1a) used is 0.5-fold molar amount or more and 2.0-fold molar amount or less than the amount of 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene used. is preferred, more preferably 0.75-fold molar amount or more and 1.5-fold molar amount or less, and even more preferably 0.8-fold molar amount or more and 1.2-fold molar amount or less.
- reaction may be carried out under an inert gas atmosphere.
- the inert gas is not particularly limited, but examples include nitrogen and argon.
- the inert gas may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used in combination. When two or more of them are used, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
- the reaction temperature can be -20°C or higher and 50°C or lower.
- the reaction time can be 10 minutes or more and 30 hours or less.
- post-treatment may be performed as necessary by a known method to extract compound (I-1b). That is, post-treatment operations such as filtration, washing, extraction, pH adjustment, dehydration, concentration, etc., are carried out either singly or in combination of two or more as appropriate, and concentration, crystallization, reprecipitation, and column chromatography are performed.
- the compound (I-1b) can be taken out by, for example.
- the extracted compound (I-1b) may be further subjected to any one of operations such as crystallization, reprecipitation, column chromatography, extraction, stirring and washing of crystals with a solvent, or a combination of two or more of them. You may refine
- compound (I-1b) may be used in the next step without being taken out, but the yield of the target compound (I-1) is improved. Therefore, it is preferable to isolate compound (I-1b) by the method described above.
- Compound (I-1) production step A In compound (I-1) production step A, compound (I-1b) and compound (I-1c) are reacted to obtain compound (I-1).
- Compound (I-1) production step A is a known amidation reaction.
- R 111 in compound (I-1c) is the same as R 111 in compound (I-1) above.
- Compound (I-1c) can also be obtained by oxidizing a primary alcohol or aldehyde having R 111 with potassium chromate or the like.
- the amount of compound (I-1c) used is 0.5-fold molar amount or more and 2.0-fold molar amount or less than the amount of compound (I-1b) used. It is preferably 0.75-fold molar amount or more and 1.5-fold molar amount or less, and further preferably 0.8-fold molar amount or more and 1.2-fold molar amount or less.
- compound (I-1) in compound (I-1) production step A, after completion of the reaction, compound (I-1) can be isolated in the same manner as in compound (I-1b) production step. 1) may be further purified by a similar method.
- Each compound such as compound (I-1), compound (I-1a), compound (I-1b), and compound (I-1c) can be obtained by, for example, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy, mass spectrometry (MS) , infrared spectroscopy (IR), etc., can be used to confirm the structure.
- NMR nuclear magnetic resonance
- MS mass spectrometry
- IR infrared spectroscopy
- the carboxy group of 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene is reacted with compound (I-1a) having R 13 and R 14 to obtain compound (I After obtaining -1b), the amino group of compound (I-1b) is reacted with compound (I-1c) having R 21 to obtain compound (I-1).
- the compound (I-1d) manufacturing process has the same reaction conditions as the compound (I-1) manufacturing process A, and the compound (I-1) manufacturing process B is the same as the compound (I-1) manufacturing process. 1b) Since the manufacturing process and reaction conditions are the same, detailed description thereof is omitted.
- Compound (I-1d) is a novel compound obtained by an amidation reaction of 1-amino-2-methoxycarbonylbenzene and compound (I-1c).
- R 111 is the same as R 111 in compound (I-1) above.
- reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a base.
- the base include lithium hydroxide and the like.
- the amount of the base used can be 1.0 to 10.0 times the molar amount of the compound (I-1d).
- the reaction temperature can be -20°C or higher and 50°C or lower.
- the reaction time can be 30 minutes or more and 10 hours or less.
- compound (I-2) is, for example, The compound (I-1a) is reacted with 1-amino-3-carboxybenzene to obtain a compound represented by the following general formula (I-2a) (hereinafter abbreviated as “compound (I-2a)” (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-2a) manufacturing step”); and A step of reacting compound (I-2a) with compound (I-2b) to obtain compound (I-2) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-2) production step A” ); (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “method A for producing compound (I-2)”).
- R 121 is the same as above.
- compound (I-2) is, for example, Compound (I-2b) and 1-amino-3-methoxycarbonylbenzene are reacted to obtain a compound represented by the following general formula (I-2c) (hereinafter abbreviated as “compound (I-2c)” (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-2c) manufacturing step”); and A step of hydrolyzing the ester bond of compound (I-2c) to obtain a compound represented by the following general formula (I-2d) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-2d)”) ( Hereinafter, it may be abbreviated as “compound (I-2d) manufacturing step”); A step of reacting compound (I-2d) with compound (I-1a) to obtain compound (I-2) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-2) production step B”) ); It can be produced by a production method comprising
- R 121 is the same as above.
- Compound (I-2b) is a known carboxylic acid, and R 121 is the same as R 121 in compound (I-2) above.
- Compound (I-2b) can also be obtained by oxidizing a primary alcohol or aldehyde having R 121 with potassium chromate or the like.
- compound (I-2) is taken out in the same manner as in the compound (I-1b) production step.
- the compound (I-2) thus isolated may be further purified by a similar method.
- Each compound such as compound (I-2), compound (I-2a), compound (I-2b), compound (I-2c), and compound (I-2d) can be obtained by, for example, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy , mass spectroscopy (MS), infrared spectroscopy (IR), and the like can be used to confirm the structure.
- NMR nuclear magnetic resonance
- MS mass spectroscopy
- IR infrared spectroscopy
- Compound (I-3c) can be produced by the method described in International Publication No. 2001-010894.
- Compound (I-4c) can be produced by the method described in WO2021-226546.
- Compound (I-5c) can be produced by the method described in WO2005-066123.
- Compound (I-6c) can be produced by the method described in WO2001-040189.
- the antiviral pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment contains the aforementioned protease inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- viral replication and proliferation can be effectively suppressed, and a therapeutic effect on viral infections is expected.
- the antiviral pharmaceutical composition of the present embodiment can be preferably used particularly against infections caused by viruses having 3CL protease.
- Viruses that cause such infections include, for example, SARS-coronavirus-2, SARS-coronavirus, rhinovirus, Middle East respiratory syndrome coronavirus, and the like.
- protease inhibitor those exemplified in the above “protease inhibitor” can be used.
- ⁇ Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier those that are usually used for formulation of pharmaceutical compositions can be used without particular limitation. More specifically, for example, binders such as gelatin, corn starch, tragacanth gum, and gum arabic; excipients such as starch and crystalline cellulose; swelling agents such as alginic acid; solvents for injections such as water, ethanol, and glycerin; Adhesives such as rubber-based adhesives and silicone-based adhesives are included.
- the antiviral pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment may contain additives.
- Additives include lubricants such as calcium stearate and magnesium stearate; sweeteners such as sucrose, lactose, saccharin, and maltitol; flavoring agents such as peppermint and red oil; stabilizers such as benzyl alcohol and phenol; buffers such as salts and sodium acetate; solubilizers such as benzyl benzoate and benzyl alcohol; antioxidants; preservatives and the like.
- lubricants such as calcium stearate and magnesium stearate
- sweeteners such as sucrose, lactose, saccharin, and maltitol
- flavoring agents such as peppermint and red oil
- stabilizers such as benzyl alcohol and phenol
- buffers such as salts and sodium acetate
- solubilizers such as benzyl benzoate and benzyl alcohol
- antioxidants preservatives and the like.
- the antiviral pharmaceutical composition of the present embodiment is prepared by appropriately combining the protease inhibitor, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and, if necessary, additives, and the generally accepted unit required for pharmaceutical practice. It can be formulated by blending in dosage forms.
- the antiviral pharmaceutical composition of the present embodiment may be used in combination with at least one selected from the group consisting of therapeutic agents having antiviral activity other than the protease inhibitors and therapeutic agents for other diseases.
- the protease inhibitor and other drug may be formulated in the same formulation or in separate formulations.
- each formulation may be administered via the same administration route or via separate administration routes.
- each formulation may be administered simultaneously, sequentially, or separately with a certain time or period of time between them.
- the protease inhibitor and other drug may be provided as a kit containing them.
- the antiviral pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment may be in a dosage form for oral use or may be in a dosage form for parenteral use.
- Dosage forms for oral use include, for example, tablets, capsules, elixirs, microcapsules and the like.
- Dosage forms for parenteral use include, for example, injections, ointments, patches and the like.
- Subjects to be administered include, but are not limited to, humans, monkeys, dogs, cows, horses, sheep, pigs, rabbits, mice, rats, guinea pigs, hamsters, and cells thereof. Among them, mammals or mammalian cells are preferred, and humans or human cells are particularly preferred.
- Administration routes include, for example, intraarterial injection, intravenous injection, and subcutaneous injection; intranasal, transbronchial, intramuscular, transdermal, and oral administration; can do
- the dosage of the antiviral pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment varies depending on the type of compound (I), the symptoms of the subject of administration, the site of administration, the method of administration, and the like. A person skilled in the art can appropriately select an appropriate dosage.
- the administration of the antiviral pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment may be a single administration or multiple administrations.
- multiple administration for example, every 2 hours or more and 12 hours or less, every day, or once every 2 days, 5 days, 1 week, 1.5 weeks, several weeks, 1 month or several months etc. can be administered.
- the present disclosure provides a method for preventing, treating, or suppressing progression of viral infections, comprising administering an effective amount of compound (I) to a patient or patient in need of treatment. do.
- the compound (I) those similar to those described above can be mentioned.
- the causative viruses of viral infections include those mentioned above.
- the present disclosure provides compound (I) for prevention, treatment, or inhibition of progression of viral infections.
- the compound (I) those similar to those described above can be mentioned.
- the causative viruses of viral infections include those mentioned above.
- the present disclosure provides use of compound (I) for manufacturing a protease inhibitor or antiviral pharmaceutical composition.
- compound (I) those similar to those described above can be mentioned.
- the causative viruses of viral infections include those mentioned above.
- compound (I-1-5) was produced from compound (13) by the route shown below.
- This white solid was subjected to prep-SFC (column: REGIS (S, S) WHELK-O1 (250 mm ⁇ 25 mm, 10 ⁇ m); mobile phase: [ethanol containing 0.1% by mass ammonium hydroxide]; B%: 50%-50 %, min) to give compound (9) (1.25 g, 17 wt % yield) as a white solid.
- Example 1 (Inhibitory activity confirmation test for 3CL protease of SARS-CoV-2) 1.
- Preparation of SARS-CoV-2 3CL protease Expression of the SARS-CoV-2 3CL protease (R188I mutant) using E. coli has resulted in SARS-CoV-2 that is resistant to degradation and expresses stable catalytic activity.
- 3CL protease, a mutant in which the arginine residue at position 188 was replaced with an isoleucine residue was constructed and used by inverse PCR.
- GST glutathione-S-transferase
- His tag His6
- Flag tag His tag
- SARS-CoV-2 3CL protease R188I mutant, amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1
- a pGEX-6P-1-based plasmid pGEX-6P-1/SARS-3CL-COV2 into which a base sequence (SEQ ID NO: 2) encoding the fusion protein was introduced was constructed and transfected into Escherichia coli DH ⁇ strain.
- 4 ⁇ g of the prepared expression vector pGEX-6P-1/SARS-3CL-COV2 was dissolved in 20 ⁇ L of sterile water (concentration: 200 ng/ ⁇ L). Next, while cooling with ice, 1 ⁇ L (200 ng) of the dissolved expression vector was added to a 1.5 mL Eppendorf tube, and 50 ⁇ L of competent cells BL21Gold (DE3) were added, slowly stirred, and allowed to stand for 10 minutes. Thereafter, transformation was performed by a heat shock method using a water bath (42°C: 1 minute, once: 5 minutes). Further, 150 ⁇ L of SOC medium was added, and the mixture was slowly stirred and then incubated in a clean oven at 37° C. for 30 minutes.
- agar medium LB-Ampicillin, Ampicillin concentration: 50 ⁇ g/mL
- incubation was performed overnight at 37° C. in a constant temperature bath.
- colonies grown on the agar medium were used to confirm the success or failure of introduction of the target gene by colony PCR.
- PGEX-5 and PGEX-3 were used as the forward and reverse sequencing primers, respectively.
- PCR products prepared from multiple colonies were subjected to gel electrophoresis and their bands were localized.
- a 15 v/v % glycerol solution was prepared from the LB-Ampicillin culture solution of the colonies in which introduction of the target gene was confirmed as described above, and stored at -80°C.
- the aforementioned 15v/v% glycerol solution (prepared from the culture solution of colonies in which introduction of the target gene was confirmed) was inoculated on an agar medium (LB-Ampicillin, Ampicillin concentration is 50 ⁇ g/mL) and placed in a constant temperature bath. Incubation was carried out at 37°C overnight. After that, add 100 mL of LB medium (LB-Ampicillin, Ampicillin concentration is 50 ⁇ g/mL) to a 300 mL sterilized Erlenmeyer flask, and inoculate one colony grown on the agar medium to inoculate the LB in the Erlenmeyer flask. added to the medium.
- LB medium LB-Ampicillin, Ampicillin concentration is 50 ⁇ g/mL
- This culture solution was placed in a shaking incubator and cultured at 37° C. and a shaking speed of 180 rpm for 18 hours (preculture).
- 1 L each of LB-Ampicillin medium (Ampicillin concentration: 50 ⁇ g/mL) was prepared in six 3-L Erlenmeyer flasks.
- 10 mL each of the pre-culture solution was added to six 3-L Erlenmeyer flasks to carry out main culture.
- the culture temperature during the main culture was 37° C., and the shaking speed was 180 rpm.
- the OD600 adssorbance at a wavelength of 600 nm
- the cryopreserved E. coli cells were thawed on ice, and then 10 mL of Lysis Buffer and a reversible protease inhibitor per 1 g of the cells were added and suspended by adding 1/1000 volume of the Lysis Buffer.
- the composition of Lysis Buffer is 50 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.8, 250 mM NaCl, 1 mM DTT, and 10 mM Imidazole.
- the suspended cells were crushed by an ultrasonicator, and then centrifuged by an ultracentrifuge at 45,000 rpm for 45 minutes at 4°C to collect the supernatant fraction. Furthermore, the supernatant fraction was filtered with a disk filter with a pore size of 0.22 ⁇ m, and subjected to subsequent purification.
- the composition of the Equilibration Buffer is identical to that of the Lysis Buffer.
- the supernatant 50 mL
- the supernatant 50 mL
- the column was then washed with the same equilibration buffer (100 mL) (Wash fraction). After washing the Ni column, elution was performed with a Ni affinity column elution buffer.
- the composition of the elution buffer was 50 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.8, 250 mM NaCl, 1 mM DTT, and 500 mM Imidazole, and elution was performed in Linear Gradient mode with Imidazole concentrations ranging from 10 mM to 500 mM, and fractions were collected by 1 mL each.
- the column was washed with 50 mL of the same elution buffer.
- the collected eluted fractions were confirmed for bands by electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE), and a total volume of about 80 mL was collected as fractions containing the target protein. This collected fraction was concentrated to about 10 mL under centrifugation conditions of 3500 rpm and 4° C. using a centrifugal separation type membrane device.
- the elution fraction concentrated to about 10 mL was cleaved with AcTEV Protease in order to cleave and remove GST and 6xHis-Tag.
- 50 ⁇ L of commercially available AcTEV Protease was added to the concentrated elution fraction, put into a dialysis tube, and cleaved with 1 L of Cleavage Buffer for 15 hours while dialysis was performed at 4°C.
- the composition of the Cleavage Buffer is 50 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.5, 200 mM NaCl, and 2 mM DTT.
- the solution after cutting was centrifuged (10,000 rpm, 60 minutes, 4° C.) and collected as a supernatant fraction.
- Ni affinity column chromatography was performed in order to completely remove uncleaved protein and GST and 6 ⁇ His-Tag fragments after cleavage from the supernatant sample after removal of GST and 6 ⁇ His-Tag. .
- the supernatant from which GST and 6 ⁇ His-Tag had been cleaved and removed was applied to the Ni column at a flow rate of 1 mL/min to collect the FT fraction.
- Ni affinity column equilibrated buffer was applied to the column at a flow rate of 1 mL/min, and a total of 20 wash fractions (40 mL) were collected at a volume of 2 mL per Fraction.
- the Ni affinity column was washed with 50 mL of elution buffer containing 500 mM Imidazole. Each fraction was subjected to electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) to confirm the presence or absence of the target protein and its purity.
- anion exchange column chromatography was performed.
- dialysis was performed to reduce the NaCl concentration contained in the buffer of the protein solution.
- the composition of dialysis buffer is 20 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0, 20 mM NaCl, and 1 mM DTT.
- the protein solution was placed in a dialysis tube, and dialysis was performed at a buffer volume of 1 L for 15 hours at 4°C.
- the anion exchange column was equilibrated with an equilibration buffer.
- the composition of the Equilibration Buffer is the same as the Dialysis Buffer.
- the protein solution after buffer substitution was applied to the column at a flow rate of 1 mL/min to collect the FT fraction.
- elution was sequentially performed with each elution buffer containing 100 mM NaCl, 200 mM NaCl, and 400 mM NaCl at a flow rate of 1 mL/min.
- the volume of each Fraction was 2 mL, and the total volume of elution was 30 mL.
- Each eluted fraction was confirmed by electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE).
- the buffer composition (final composition) for buffer replacement in this case was 20 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.8, 150 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, and 1 mM DTT.
- the mass of the finally obtained protein was 5.5 mg.
- the yield was 1.1 mg per 1 g of cells.
- substrate peptide was obtained from Reference 1 (Akaji K et al., “Evaluation of peptide-aldehyde inhibitors using R188I mutant of SARS 3CL protease as a proteolysis-resistant mutant.”, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 16, Issue 21, pp. 9400-9408, 2008.) was used as the substrate peptide.
- an undecapeptide substrate containing the P1/P2 cleavage sites of 3CL protease represented by the following amino acid sequence.
- Substrate peptide H-Thr-Ser-Ala-Val-Leu-Gln-Ser-Gly-Phe-Arg-Lys- NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 3)
- Inhibitory activity confirmation test Water (13.8 ⁇ L), 0.5 M Tris buffer (pH 7.5, 1 ⁇ L), 0.1 M dithiothreitol aqueous solution (1.7 ⁇ L), substrate peptide (0.8387 mM, 6.0 ⁇ L), SARS -In a mixture of CoV-2 3CL protease (R188I mutant) (14.7 ⁇ M, 1.5 ⁇ L), a compound prepared in each production example as an inhibitor (4 specimens of 25 ⁇ M or more and 1600 ⁇ M or less each, 1 ⁇ L each) Or DMSO (1 ⁇ L) was added and incubated at 37° C. for 1 hour.
- Compounds (I-1-1) to (I-1-6) and (I-2-1) to (I-2-3) have an IC50 of 1600 ⁇ M or less, especially compound (I-1-1) and (I-1-2) had a low IC50 of less than 500 ⁇ M, confirming particularly excellent inhibitory activity.
- control compound (X) could not satisfy the inhibition rate of 50% even at 1600 ⁇ M.
- Example 2 (Docking simulation test for 3CL protease of SARS-CoV-2) Co-crystal files of SARS-CoV-2 3CL protease and ligand were obtained from the Protein Data Bank, and a PDBQT file was created using AutoDock Tools, leaving those protein portions and removing the atoms of CYS145SG.
- each compound (I-3a-1) ⁇ (I-3a-5), (I-4a-1) ⁇ (I-4a-5), (I-5a-1), ( I-5a-2), (I-5a-5), (1-6a-1), (1-6a-5), (I-3b-1) ⁇ (I-3b-3), (I- 4b-1) to (I-4b-3), (1-5b-3), and (I-6b-1) protonated the aminic nitrogen atoms and their conformations were determined using the EmbedMolecule method of the RDKit. generated.
- a docking simulation between the obtained PDBQT file and each compound was performed using QVina2.
- the pose with the highest score was selected as the docking score.
- the docking score was set to 0.
- the docking pose was similarly searched for the control compound (X) used in Example 1, and the docking score was calculated.
- Example 3 (Docking simulation test for 3CL protease of SARS-CoV-1) Then, instead of the co-crystal file of SARS-CoV-2 3CL protease and ligand, the same method as in Example 2 using the co-crystal file of SARS-CoV-1 3CL protease and ligand Among the compounds shown above, each compound (I-3a-1) to (I-3a-5), (I-4a-1) to (I-4a-5), (I-5a-4) , (I-6a-2) to (I-6a-4), (I-3b-1) to (I-3b-3), and (I-4b-1) to (I-4b-3) A docking simulation was performed.
- the docking pose was similarly searched for the control compound (X) used in Example 1, and the docking score was calculated.
- Example 4 (Docking simulation test for 3CL protease of human rhinovirus) Then, instead of the SARS-CoV-2 3CL protease and ligand co-crystal file, the human rhinovirus 3CL protease and ligand co-crystal file was used to replace CYS145SG with CYS147SG and HIS163NE.
- each compound (I-3a-1), (I-3a-2), (I-4a-1), (I -4a-5), (I-5a-1) ⁇ (I-5a-3), (I-6a-2) ⁇ (I-6a-5), (I-3b-1), (I-4b -2), (I-4b-3), (I-5b-2), (I-5b-23), and (I-6b-1) to (I-6b-2) docking simulations were performed .
- the compound of the present embodiment it is possible to provide a novel compound that has inhibitory activity against protease and has a non-peptide-like structure.
- the protease inhibitor of this embodiment contains the above compound and can effectively inhibit proteases.
- the antiviral pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment contains the protease inhibitor and can effectively suppress viral replication and proliferation.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本開示は、化合物及びその使用に関する。具体的には、本開示は、新規化合物、並びに、前記新規化合物を含むプロテアーゼ阻害剤及び抗ウイルス性医薬組成物に関する。本開示は、2022年1月12日に、日本に出願された特願2022-002869号に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。 This disclosure relates to compounds and uses thereof. Specifically, the present disclosure relates to novel compounds and protease inhibitors and antiviral pharmaceutical compositions comprising said novel compounds. The present disclosure claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-002869 filed in Japan on January 12, 2022, the content of which is incorporated herein.
新型コロナウイルス感染症(COVID-19;Coronavirus disease 2019)は、重症急性呼吸器症候群(Severe acute respiratory syndrome)コロナウイルス2(SARS-CoV-2)(以下、「SARSコロナウイルス-2」という)に起因する感染症である。COVID-19の治療薬として、SARS-コロナウイルス-2の複製を阻止し、患者におけるウイルス感染の進行を止める薬物の探索が進められている。これまでに、SARS-コロナウイルス-2のメインプロテアーゼ(Mpro)が治療薬の標的候補として特定されている。Mproは、システインプロテアーゼの1種であり、ウイルス複製に関与する酵素である。3C様プロテアーゼ、C30エンドペプチダーゼとも呼ばれる。 Novel coronavirus infection (COVID-19; Coronavirus disease 2019) is caused by severe acute respiratory syndrome (Severe acute respiratory syndrome) coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2) (hereinafter referred to as "SARS coronavirus-2") It is an infection caused by Drugs that block the replication of SARS-coronavirus-2 and halt the progression of viral infection in patients are being sought as therapeutics for COVID-19. So far, the main protease (M pro ) of SARS-coronavirus-2 has been identified as a potential target for therapeutic agents. M pro is a cysteine protease and an enzyme involved in viral replication. 3C-like protease, also called C30 endopeptidase.
Mproに対する阻害化合物として、ルピントリビル(rupintrivir)等が知られており、SARS-コロナウイルス-2への有効性が検討されている。しかしながら、Mproに対する阻害化合物のほとんどは、反応性部位(warhead部)に、α-アミノ酸が重合した構造が結合したペプチド様化合物である(例えば、非特許文献1等参照)。 Rupintrivir and the like are known as inhibitory compounds against M pro , and their effectiveness against SARS-coronavirus-2 is being investigated. However, most inhibitory compounds against M pro are peptide-like compounds in which a structure in which α-amino acids are polymerized is bound to the reactive site (warhead) (see, for example, Non-Patent Document 1, etc.).
上述したような、既知のMproに対する阻害化合物は、ペプチド様化合物であるため、薬物動態や将来的な抵抗性変異株への対応の観点から、生体内において必ずしも満足する阻害活性を発揮する化合物とはいえない。よって、Mproに対する阻害活性を有する非ペプチド様化合物が求められている。 As described above, the known inhibitory compounds against M pro are peptide-like compounds, so from the viewpoint of pharmacokinetics and future resistance mutant strains, compounds that exhibit inhibitory activity that is necessarily satisfactory in vivo. I can't say. Thus, there is a need for non-peptidomimetic compounds with inhibitory activity against M pro .
本開示は、上記事情に鑑みてなされたものであって、プロテアーゼに対する阻害活性を有し、且つ、非ペプチド様構造からなる新規化合物、並びに、前記新規化合物を含むプロテアーゼ阻害剤及び抗ウイルス性医薬組成物を提供する。 The present disclosure has been made in view of the above circumstances, a novel compound having inhibitory activity against protease and having a non-peptide-like structure, and a protease inhibitor and an antiviral drug containing the novel compound A composition is provided.
発明者らは、上記目的を達成すべく鋭意研究を重ねた結果、特定の構造のwarhead部を有する安息香酸アミド化合物がプロテアーゼに対して優れた阻害活性を示すことを見出し、本開示を完成するに至った。 As a result of extensive studies to achieve the above object, the inventors have found that a benzoic acid amide compound having a warhead portion with a specific structure exhibits excellent inhibitory activity against proteases, and have completed the present disclosure. reached.
すなわち、本開示は、以下の態様を含む。
(1) 下記一般式(I)で示される化合物を有効成分として含有する、プロテアーゼ阻害剤。
That is, the present disclosure includes the following aspects.
(1) A protease inhibitor containing a compound represented by the following general formula (I) as an active ingredient.
一般式(I)中、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は下記一般式(II)で示される基であり、R11及びR12のうちいずれか一方が水素原子であるとき、他方は下記一般式(II)で示される基である。R13は1H-イミダゾール-4-イル基又はピロリジン-2-オン-3-イル基であり、R14はホルミル基、-CH=CHCO2R’、-C(=O)-R”、又はシアノ基であり、R’は、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基、又はベンジル基であり、R”は、置換又は無置換の炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基である。 In general formula (I), R 11 and R 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a group represented by general formula (II) below, and when either one of R 11 and R 12 is a hydrogen atom, The other is a group represented by the following general formula (II). R 13 is a 1H-imidazol-4-yl group or a pyrrolidin-2-one-3-yl group, R 14 is a formyl group, —CH═CHCO 2 R′, —C(═O)—R″, or a cyano group, R′ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a benzyl group, and R″ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. .
一般式(II)中、アスタリスクは、ベンゼン環との結合部位を表し、R21は、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基、置換若しくは無置換のピロリジニル基、又は下記一般式(III)で示される基である。 In general formula (II), an asterisk represents a binding site to a benzene ring, R 21 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted or a group represented by the following general formula (III).
一般式(III)中、アスタリスクは、アミド結合との結合部位を表し、Y31は、メチレン基又はメチルメチレン基であり、Q31は、-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、R31は、置換若しくは無置換のシクロヘキシル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基である。 In general formula (III), an asterisk represents a binding site with an amide bond, Y 31 is a methylene group or a methylmethylene group, Q 31 is -NH- or -NH-C(=O)- and R 31 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
(2) 下記一般式(I-1)で示される化合物又は下記一般式(I-2)で示される化合物を有効成分として含有する、(1)に記載のプロテアーゼ阻害剤。 (2) The protease inhibitor according to (1), which contains a compound represented by the following general formula (I-1) or a compound represented by the following general formula (I-2) as an active ingredient.
一般式(I-1)中、R111は置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基、置換若しくは無置換のピロリジニル基、又は前記一般式(III)で示される基である。 In general formula (I-1), R 111 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group, or the general formula (III) is a group represented by
一般式(I-2)中、R121は置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基、置換若しくは無置換のピロリジニル基、又は前記一般式(III)で示される基である。 In general formula (I-2), R 121 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group, or the general formula (III) is a group represented by
(3) 下記式(I-1-1)で示される化合物を有効成分として含有する、請求項1又は2に記載のプロテアーゼ阻害剤。 (3) The protease inhibitor according to claim 1 or 2, which contains a compound represented by the following formula (I-1-1) as an active ingredient.
(4) 前記プロテアーゼがシステインプロテアーゼである、(1)~(3)のいずれか一つに記載のプロテアーゼ阻害剤。
(5) 前記プロテアーゼが3Cプロテアーゼ又は3C様プロテアーゼである、(1)~(4)のいずれか一つに記載のプロテアーゼ阻害剤。
(6) 前記プロテアーゼがSARS-コロナウイルス-2の3C様プロテアーゼである、(1)~(5)のいずれか一つに記載のプロテアーゼ阻害剤。
(7) (1)~(6)のいずれか一つに記載のプロテアーゼ阻害剤と、薬学的に許容可能な担体と、を含有する、抗ウイルス性医薬組成物。
(8) 下記一般式(I)で示される化合物。
(4) The protease inhibitor according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein the protease is a cysteine protease.
(5) The protease inhibitor according to any one of (1) to (4), wherein the protease is 3C protease or 3C-like protease.
(6) The protease inhibitor according to any one of (1) to (5), wherein the protease is a 3C-like protease of SARS-coronavirus-2.
(7) An antiviral pharmaceutical composition comprising the protease inhibitor according to any one of (1) to (6) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
(8) A compound represented by the following general formula (I).
一般式(I)中、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は下記一般式(II)で示される基であり、R11及びR12のうちいずれか一方が水素原子であるとき、他方は下記一般式(II)で示される基である。R13は1H-イミダゾール-4-イル基又はピロリジン-2-オン-3-イル基であり、R14はホルミル基、-CH=CHCO2R’、-C(=O)-R”、又はシアノ基であり、R’は、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基、又はベンジル基であり、R”は、置換又は無置換の炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基である。 In general formula (I), R 11 and R 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a group represented by general formula (II) below, and when either one of R 11 and R 12 is a hydrogen atom, The other is a group represented by the following general formula (II). R 13 is a 1H-imidazol-4-yl group or a pyrrolidin-2-one-3-yl group, R 14 is a formyl group, —CH═CHCO 2 R′, —C(═O)—R″, or a cyano group, R′ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a benzyl group, and R″ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. .
一般式(II)中、アスタリスクは、アミド結合との結合部位を表し、R21は、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基、置換若しくは無置換のピロリジニル基、又は下記一般式(III)で示される基である。 In general formula (II), an asterisk represents a binding site with an amide bond, R 21 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted or a group represented by the following general formula (III).
一般式(III)中、アスタリスクは、アミド結合との結合部位を表し、Y31は、メチレン基又はメチルメチレン基であり、Q31は、-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、R31は、置換若しくは無置換のシクロヘキシル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基である。 In general formula (III), an asterisk represents a binding site with an amide bond, Y 31 is a methylene group or a methylmethylene group, Q 31 is -NH- or -NH-C(=O)- and R 31 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
≪プロテアーゼ阻害剤≫
本実施形態のプロテアーゼ阻害剤は、下記一般式(I)で示される化合物(以下、「化合物(I)」と称する場合がある)を有効成分として含有する。
≪Protease inhibitor≫
The protease inhibitor of this embodiment contains a compound represented by the following general formula (I) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (I)") as an active ingredient.
一般式(I)中、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は下記一般式(II)で示される基であり、R11及びR12のうちいずれか一方が水素原子であるとき、他方は下記一般式(II)で示される基である。R13は1H-イミダゾール-4-イル基又はピロリジン-2-オン-3-イル基であり、R14はホルミル基、-CH=CHCO2R’、-C(=O)-R”、又はシアノ基であり、R’は、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基、又はベンジル基であり、R”は、置換又は無置換の炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基である。 In general formula (I), R 11 and R 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a group represented by general formula (II) below, and when either one of R 11 and R 12 is a hydrogen atom, The other is a group represented by the following general formula (II). R 13 is a 1H-imidazol-4-yl group or a pyrrolidin-2-one-3-yl group, R 14 is a formyl group, —CH═CHCO 2 R′, —C(═O)—R″, or a cyano group, R′ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a benzyl group, and R″ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. .
一般式(II)中、アスタリスクは、ベンゼン環との結合部位を表し、R21は、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基、置換若しくは無置換のピロリジニル基、又は下記一般式(III)で示される基である。 In general formula (II), an asterisk represents a binding site to a benzene ring, R 21 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted or a group represented by the following general formula (III).
一般式(III)中、アスタリスクは、ベンゼン環との結合部位を表し、Y31は、メチレン基又はメチルメチレン基であり、Q31は、-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、R31は、置換若しくは無置換のシクロヘキシル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基である。 In general formula (III), an asterisk represents a bonding site with a benzene ring, Y 31 is a methylene group or a methylmethylene group, Q 31 is -NH- or -NH-C(=O)- and R 31 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
本実施形態のプロテアーゼ阻害剤は、上記化合物(I)を含有することで、プロテアーゼを効果的に阻害することができる。
なお、「有効成分として含有する」とは、プロテアーゼの阻害に有効量の化合物(I)を含有することを意味する。
The protease inhibitor of the present embodiment can effectively inhibit proteases by containing the compound (I).
In addition, "containing as an active ingredient" means containing an effective amount of compound (I) for inhibition of protease.
本実施形態のプロテアーゼ阻害剤の阻害対象となるプロテアーゼとしては、特に限定されないが、例えば、セリンプロテアーゼ、システインプロテアーゼ、スレオニンプロテアーゼ、アスパラギン酸プロテアーゼ、グルタミン酸プロテアーゼ、メタロプロテアーゼ、アスパラギンプロテアーゼ等が挙げられる。中でも、システインプロテアーゼであることが好ましい。 The protease to be inhibited by the protease inhibitor of the present embodiment is not particularly limited, but examples include serine protease, cysteine protease, threonine protease, aspartic protease, glutamic protease, metalloprotease, asparagine protease, and the like. Among them, cysteine protease is preferred.
システインプロテアーゼは、チオールプロテアーゼ、SHプロテアーゼとも呼ばれ、触媒部位において、システインのチオール基を求核基として用いるプロテアーゼである。システインプロテアーゼとして具体的には、例えば、植物では、パパイン、フィシン、プロメライン等が挙げられ、動物では、カテプシンB、カテプシンH、カテプシンL、カルシウム依存性プロテアーゼ等が挙げられ、ウイルスでは、3Cプロテアーゼ、3C様(3CL)プロテアーゼ等が挙げられる。 Cysteine proteases, also called thiol proteases and SH proteases, are proteases that use the thiol group of cysteine as a nucleophilic group at the catalytic site. Specific examples of cysteine proteases include papain, ficin, bromelain, etc. for plants, cathepsin B, cathepsin H, cathepsin L, calcium-dependent protease, etc. for animals, and 3C protease for viruses. , 3C-like (3CL) proteases, and the like.
中でも、システインプロテアーゼとしては、3Cプロテアーゼ又は3C様(3CL)プロテアーゼが好ましく、3C様(3CL)プロテアーゼがより好ましい。3Cプロテアーゼ及び3CLプロテアーゼは、各種感染症の原因となるウイルスが有するシステインプロテアーゼであり、ウイルスの複製に関与するプロテアーゼとして知られている。そのため、3Cプロテアーゼ又は3CLプロテアーゼに対する阻害剤は、ウイルスの複製及び増殖を抑制することができ、当該ウイルスによる感染症の治療薬として有用である。後述する実施例に示すように、化合物(I)は、SARS-コロナウイルス-2の3CLプロテアーゼ(Mpro)に対して特に優れた阻害活性を有することから、本実施形態のプロテアーゼ阻害剤の阻害対象となるプロテアーゼとしては、SARS-コロナウイルス-2の3CLプロテアーゼ(Mpro)が特に好ましい。 Among them, the cysteine protease is preferably a 3C protease or a 3C-like (3CL) protease, more preferably a 3C-like (3CL) protease. 3C protease and 3CL protease are cysteine proteases possessed by viruses that cause various infectious diseases, and are known as proteases involved in virus replication. Therefore, inhibitors of 3C protease or 3CL protease can suppress viral replication and proliferation, and are useful as therapeutic agents for infectious diseases caused by the virus. As shown in the examples below, compound (I) has a particularly excellent inhibitory activity against the 3CL protease (M pro ) of SARS-coronavirus-2. As a protease of interest, the 3CL protease of SARS-coronavirus-2 (M pro ) is particularly preferred.
次いで、有効成分である化合物(I)の構造及びその製造方法について、詳細を説明する。 Next, the structure of compound (I), which is an active ingredient, and its production method will be explained in detail.
<化合物(I)>
化合物(I)は、下記一般式(I)で表される化合物である。なお、化合物(I)において、R13及びR14がwarhead部にあたり、特にR13がSARS-コロナウイルス-2の3CLプロテアーゼにおいては163番目にあたるヒスチジン残基と相互作用し、且つ、R14がSARS-コロナウイルス-2の3CLプロテアーゼにおいては145番目にあたるシステイン残基と相互作用することで、該3CLプロテアーゼに特異的に結合することができる。また、化合物(I)において、ortho-又はmeta-置換アミノ安息香酸部がタンパク質を構成するアミノ酸構造ではないことで、生体内における分解耐性に優れ、安定した薬物動態を発現し得る。
<Compound (I)>
Compound (I) is a compound represented by the following general formula (I). In compound (I), R 13 and R 14 correspond to the warhead portion, in particular R 13 interacts with histidine residue at position 163 in 3CL protease of SARS-coronavirus-2, and R 14 is SARS -It can specifically bind to 3CL protease of coronavirus-2 by interacting with the 145th cysteine residue in 3CL protease of coronavirus-2. In addition, since the ortho- or meta-substituted aminobenzoic acid moiety in compound (I) is not an amino acid structure constituting a protein, it is highly resistant to degradation in vivo and can exhibit stable pharmacokinetics.
なお、SARS-コロナウイルス-2の3CLプロテアーゼにおいて活性発現に必須である上記ヒスチジン残基及びシステイン残基の相対的な配置は、SARS-コロナウイルス-2の3CLプロテアーゼ以外のシステインプロテアーゼにおいても保存されている。そのため、化合物(I)は、上記例示されたSARS-コロナウイルス-2の3CLプロテアーゼ以外のシステインプロテアーゼに対しても、特異的に結合することができる。 The relative arrangement of the histidine and cysteine residues, which are essential for activity expression in SARS-coronavirus-2 3CL protease, is also preserved in cysteine proteases other than SARS-coronavirus-2 3CL protease. ing. Therefore, compound (I) can also specifically bind to cysteine proteases other than the 3CL protease of SARS-coronavirus-2 exemplified above.
一般式(I)中、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は下記一般式(II)で示される基であり、R11及びR12のうちいずれか一方が水素原子であるとき、他方は下記一般式(II)で示される基である。R13は1H-イミダゾール-4-イル基又はピロリジン-2-オン-3-イル基であり、R14はホルミル基、-CH=CHCO2R’、-C(=O)-R”、又はシアノ基であり、R’は、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基、又はベンジル基であり、R”は、置換又は無置換の炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基である。 In general formula (I), R 11 and R 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a group represented by general formula (II) below, and when either one of R 11 and R 12 is a hydrogen atom, The other is a group represented by the following general formula (II). R 13 is a 1H-imidazol-4-yl group or a pyrrolidin-2-one-3-yl group, R 14 is a formyl group, —CH═CHCO 2 R′, —C(═O)—R″, or a cyano group, R′ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a benzyl group, and R″ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. .
一般式(II)中、アスタリスクは、ベンゼン環との結合部位を表し、R21は、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基、置換若しくは無置換のピロリジニル基、又は下記一般式(III)で示される基である。 In general formula (II), an asterisk represents a binding site to a benzene ring, R 21 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted or a group represented by the following general formula (III).
一般式(III)中、アスタリスクは、ベンゼン環との結合部位を表し、Y31は、メチレン基又はメチルメチレン基であり、Q31は、-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、R31は、置換若しくは無置換のシクロヘキシル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基である。 In general formula (III), an asterisk represents a bonding site with a benzene ring, Y 31 is a methylene group or a methylmethylene group, Q 31 is -NH- or -NH-C(=O)- and R 31 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
[R11及びR12]
一般式(I)中、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は下記一般式(II)で示される基(以下、「基(II)」と称する場合がある)である。R11及びR12のうちいずれか一方が水素原子であるとき、他方は基(II)である。
[R 11 and R 12 ]
In general formula (I), R 11 and R 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a group represented by general formula (II) below (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “group (II)”). When either one of R 11 and R 12 is a hydrogen atom, the other is group (II).
(基(II))
基(II)は、下記一般式(II)で表される。一般式(II)中、アスタリスクは、ベンゼン環との結合部位を表す。
(Group (II))
Group (II) is represented by the following general formula (II). In general formula (II), an asterisk represents a binding site with a benzene ring.
(1)R21
R21は、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基、置換若しくは無置換のピロリジニル基、又は下記一般式(III)で示される基(以下、「基(III)」と称する場合がある)である。
(1) R21
R 21 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group, or a group represented by the following general formula (III) (hereinafter, " (sometimes referred to as "group (III)").
一般式(III)中、アスタリスクは、ベンゼン環との結合部位を表し、Y31は、メチレン基又はメチルメチレン基であり、Q31は、-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、R31は、置換若しくは無置換のシクロヘキシル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基である。 In general formula (III), an asterisk represents a bonding site with a benzene ring, Y 31 is a methylene group or a methylmethylene group, Q 31 is -NH- or -NH-C(=O)- and R 31 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
R21における炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基としては、例えば、エチル基、メチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms for R 21 include an ethyl group, a methyl group, a propyl group and an isopropyl group.
R21におけるアルキル基の置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、炭素数6以上12以下のアリール基、炭素数6以上12以下のハロゲン化アリール基、炭素数2以上12以下のヘテロアリール基、炭素数2以上12以下のハロゲン化ヘテロアリール基等が挙げられる。 Examples of substituents of the alkyl group for R 21 include a halogen atom, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a heteroaryl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbon A halogenated heteroaryl group having a number of 2 or more and 12 or less and the like can be mentioned.
ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。 The halogen atom includes, for example, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom and the like.
炭素数6以上12以下のアリール基としては、フェニル基、2-メチルフェニル基、3-メチルフェニル基、4-メチルフェニル基、2-ナフチル基、ビフェニル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include a phenyl group, 2-methylphenyl group, 3-methylphenyl group, 4-methylphenyl group, 2-naphthyl group and biphenyl group.
炭素数6以上12以下のハロゲン化アリール基としては、4-クロロフェニル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the halogenated aryl group having 6 or more and 12 or less carbon atoms include a 4-chlorophenyl group and the like.
炭素数2以上12以下のヘテロアリール基としては、5-インドリル基、2-ピリジル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the heteroaryl group having 2 or more and 12 or less carbon atoms include a 5-indolyl group and a 2-pyridyl group.
炭素数2以上12以下のハロゲン化ヘテロアリール基としては、2-クロロチアゾール-4-イル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the halogenated heteroaryl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms include 2-chlorothiazol-4-yl group and the like.
R21におけるアルキル基は、1種の置換基で置換されていてもよく、2種以上の置換基を組み合わせて置換されていてもよい。 The alkyl group for R 21 may be substituted with one substituent, or may be substituted with a combination of two or more substituents.
R21におけるフェニル基及びピロリジニル基の置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、炭素数6以上12以下のアリール基、炭素数2以上12以下のヘテロアリール基、炭素数7以上12以下のアラルキル基、炭素数4以上12以下のヘテロアラルキル基、ピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基、アルキルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of substituents of the phenyl group and pyrrolidinyl group in R 21 include a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a heteroaryl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, Aralkyl groups having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, heteroaralkyl groups having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, piperazin-1-ylsulfonyl groups, alkylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl groups and the like can be mentioned.
ハロゲン原子、炭素数6以上12以下のアリール基、及び炭素数2以上12以下のヘテロアリール基としては、上記R21におけるアルキル基の置換基において例示されたものと同様のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the halogen atom, the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and the heteroaryl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms are the same as those exemplified for the alkyl group substituent for R 21 above.
炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基としては、上記R21におけるアルキル基として例示されたものと同様のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are the same as those exemplified as the alkyl group for R 21 above.
炭素数7以上12以下のアラルキル基としては、例えば、ベンジル基等が挙げられる。 The aralkyl group having 7 or more and 12 or less carbon atoms includes, for example, a benzyl group.
炭素数4以上12以下のヘテロアラルキル基としては、例えば、5-インドリルメチル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the heteroaralkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms include 5-indolylmethyl group and the like.
アルキルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基としては、例えば、4-メチルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of alkylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl groups include 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl groups.
R21におけるフェニル基及びピロリジニル基は、それぞれ1種の置換基で置換されていてもよく、2種以上の置換基を組み合わせて置換されていてもよい。 The phenyl group and pyrrolidinyl group in R 21 may each be substituted with one type of substituent, or may be substituted with a combination of two or more types of substituents.
中でも、R21としては、炭素数6以上12以下のアリール基で置換された炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、ピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基若しくはアルキルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、炭素数7以上12以下のアラルキル基若しくは炭素数4以上12以下のヘテロアラルキル基で置換されたピロリジニル基、又は基(III)が好ましく、ビフェニル基で置換されたメチル基(すなわち、ビフェニルメチル基)、フッ素原子若しくは4-メチルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、ベンジル基若しくは5-インドリルメチル基で置換されたピロリジニル基、又は基(III)がより好ましい。 Among them, R 21 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms substituted with an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a piperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group or an alkylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group. A substituted phenyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms or a heteroaralkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, or group (III) is preferred, and a methyl group substituted with a biphenyl group ( that is, a biphenylmethyl group), a phenyl group substituted with a fluorine atom or a 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with a benzyl group or a 5-indolylmethyl group, or the group (III) is more preferable.
(1-1)基(III)
一般式(III)中、Y31は、メチレン基又はメチルメチレン基である。
(1-1) group (III)
In general formula (III), Y 31 is a methylene group or a methylmethylene group.
一般式(III)中、Q31は、-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-である。 In general formula (III), Q 31 is -NH- or -NH-C(=O)-.
一般式(III)中、R31は、置換若しくは無置換のシクロヘキシル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基である。 In general formula (III), R 31 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
R31におけるシクロヘキシル基の置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、炭素数6以上12以下のアリール基、ピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基、アルキルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基等が挙げられる。ハロゲン原子及び炭素数6以上12以下のアリール基としては、上記R21におけるアルキル基の置換基において例示されたものと同様のものが挙げられる。炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基としては、上記R21におけるアルキル基として例示されたものと同様のものが挙げられる。 Substituents of the cyclohexyl group in R 31 include a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a piperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group, and an alkylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group. etc. Examples of the halogen atom and the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms are the same as those exemplified for the substituent of the alkyl group for R 21 above. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are the same as those exemplified as the alkyl group for R 21 above.
R31におけるフェニル基の置換基としては、上記R21におけるフェニル基の置換基として例示されたものと同様のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent of the phenyl group for R 31 include the same as those exemplified as the substituent of the phenyl group for R 21 above.
R31におけるシクロヘキシル基、及びフェニル基は、それぞれ1種の置換基で置換されていてもよく、2種以上の置換基を組み合わせて置換されていてもよい。 The cyclohexyl group and phenyl group for R 31 may each be substituted with one type of substituent, or may be substituted by a combination of two or more types of substituents.
中でも、R31としては、無置換のシクロヘキシル基、又は置換されたフェニル基が好ましく、無置換のシクロヘキシル基又はハロゲン原子で置換されたフェニル基がより好ましく、無置換のシクロヘキシル基又はフッ素原子で置換されたフェニル基がさらに好ましい。 Among them, R 31 is preferably an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a substituted phenyl group, more preferably an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a phenyl group substituted with a halogen atom, and an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group or a fluorine atom-substituted Further preferred are phenyl groups.
基(III)において好ましいY31、Q31、及びR31の組み合わせとしては、Y31がメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31が無置換のシクロヘキシル基である組み合わせ;Y31がメチルメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31がハロゲン原子で置換されたフェニル基である組み合わせ等が挙げられる。なお、これらの組み合わせは、好ましいY31、Q31、及びR31の組み合わせの一例に過ぎず、好ましいY31、Q31、及びR31の組み合わせはこれらに限定されない。 A preferable combination of Y 31 , Q 31 and R 31 in group (III) is that Y 31 is a methylene group, Q 31 is -NH- or -NH-C(=O)-, and a combination in which R 31 is an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group; Y 31 is a methylmethylene group, Q 31 is -NH-C(=O)-, and R 31 is a phenyl group substituted with a halogen atom; A certain combination etc. are mentioned. These combinations are merely examples of preferred combinations of Y 31 , Q 31 and R 31 , and preferred combinations of Y 31 , Q 31 and R 31 are not limited to these.
[R13]
一般式(I)中、R13は1H-イミダゾール-4-イル基又はピロリジン-2-オン-3-イル基である。
[R 13 ]
In general formula (I), R 13 is a 1H-imidazol-4-yl group or a pyrrolidin-2-one-3-yl group.
[R14]
一般式(I)中、R14はホルミル基、-CH=CHCO2R’、-C(=O)-R”、又はシアノ基であり、R’は、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基、又はベンジル基であり、R”は、置換又は無置換の炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基である。
[ R14 ]
In general formula (I), R 14 is a formyl group, —CH═CHCO 2 R′, —C(═O)—R″, or a cyano group, and R′ is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 or more. 4 or less alkyl group or benzyl group, and R″ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
(R’及びR”)
R’及びR”における炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基等が挙げられる。
(R' and R'')
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in R′ and R″ include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, sec-butyl group, isobutyl group and tert-butyl group. be done.
R’及びR”におけるアルキル基の置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、炭素数6以上12以下のアリール基等が挙げられる。ハロゲン原子、及び炭素数6以上12以下のアリール基としては、上記R21におけるアルキル基の置換基において例示されたものと同様のものが挙げられる。 Examples of substituents of the alkyl groups in R′ and R″ include halogen atoms, aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and the like. Halogen atoms and aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include the above Examples thereof are the same as those exemplified for the substituent of the alkyl group for R 21 .
R’及びR”におけるアルキル基は、1種の置換基で置換されていてもよく、2種以上の置換基を組み合わせて置換されていてもよい。 The alkyl groups in R' and R'' may be substituted with one type of substituent, or may be substituted with a combination of two or more types of substituents.
中でも、R’としては、メチル基、エチル基、又はベンジル基であることが好ましく、エチル基、又はベンジル基であることがより好ましい。 Among them, R' is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a benzyl group, and more preferably an ethyl group or a benzyl group.
また、R”としては、メチル基又はエチル基が好ましく、エチル基がより好ましい。 In addition, R" is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, more preferably an ethyl group.
好ましい化合物(I)としては、例えば、
R11が、基(II)であって、基(II)中のR21が炭素数6以上12以下のアリール基で置換された炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、ピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基若しくはアルキルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、炭素数7以上12以下のアラルキル基若しくは炭素数4以上12以下のヘテロアラルキル基で置換されたピロリジニル基、又は基(III)であり;
R12が、水素原子であり;
R13が、1H-イミダゾール-4-イル基又はピロリジン-2-オン-3-イル基であり;且つ、
R14が、ホルミル基、-CH=CHCO2R’、又はシアノ基であるもの、
等が挙げられる。
Preferred compounds (I) include, for example,
R 11 is group (II), and R 21 in group (II) is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms substituted with an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, piperazine-1 - A phenyl group substituted with an ylsulfonyl group or an alkylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms or a heteroaralkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, or a group ( III) is;
R 12 is a hydrogen atom;
R 13 is a 1H-imidazol-4-yl group or a pyrrolidin-2-one-3-yl group; and
R 14 is a formyl group, —CH═CHCO 2 R′, or a cyano group;
etc.
或いは、好ましい化合物(I)としては、例えば、
R11が、水素原子であり;
R12が、基(II)であって、基(II)中のR21が炭素数6以上12以下のアリール基で置換された炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、ピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基若しくはアルキルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、炭素数7以上12以下のアラルキル基若しくは炭素数4以上12以下のヘテロアラルキル基で置換されたピロリジニル基、又は基(III)であり;
R13が、1H-イミダゾール-4-イル基又はピロリジン-2-オン-3-イル基であり;且つ、
R14が、ホルミル基、-CH=CHCO2R’、又はシアノ基であるもの、
等が挙げられる。
Alternatively, preferred compounds (I) include, for example,
R 11 is a hydrogen atom;
R 12 is group (II), and R 21 in group (II) is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms substituted with an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, piperazine-1 - A phenyl group substituted with an ylsulfonyl group or an alkylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms or a heteroaralkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, or a group ( III) is;
R 13 is a 1H-imidazol-4-yl group or a pyrrolidin-2-one-3-yl group; and
R 14 is a formyl group, —CH═CHCO 2 R′, or a cyano group;
etc.
より好ましい化合物(I)としては、例えば、
R11が、基(II)であって、基(II)中のR21がビフェニル基で置換されたメチル基(すなわち、ビフェニルメチル基)、フッ素原子若しくは4-メチルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、ベンジル基若しくは5-インドリルメチル基で置換されたピロリジニル基、又は基(III)(基(III)中、Y31がメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31が無置換のシクロヘキシル基である組み合わせ;Y31がメチルメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31がハロゲン原子で置換されたフェニル基である組み合わせ)であり;
R12が、水素原子であり;
R13が、1H-イミダゾール-4-イル基又はピロリジン-2-オン-3-イル基であり;且つ、
R14が、ホルミル基、-CH=CHCO2R’(R’はエチル基又はベンジル基)、又はシアノ基であるもの、
等が挙げられる。
More preferred compounds (I) include, for example,
R 11 is a group (II), and R 21 in the group (II) is a methyl group substituted with a biphenyl group (that is, a biphenylmethyl group), a fluorine atom, or a 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group a phenyl group substituted with, a benzyl group or a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with a 5-indolylmethyl group, or a group (III) (in group (III), Y 31 is a methylene group, Q 31 is —NH—, or a combination of -NH-C(=O)- and R 31 is an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group; Y 31 is a methylmethylene group and Q 31 is -NH-C(=O)- and R 31 is a phenyl group substituted with a halogen atom);
R 12 is a hydrogen atom;
R 13 is a 1H-imidazol-4-yl group or a pyrrolidin-2-one-3-yl group; and
R 14 is a formyl group, -CH=CHCO 2 R'(R' is an ethyl group or a benzyl group), or a cyano group;
etc.
或いは、より好ましい化合物(I)としては、例えば、
R11が、水素原子であり;
R12が、基(II)であって、基(II)中のR21がビフェニル基で置換されたメチル基(すなわち、ビフェニルメチル基)、フッ素原子若しくは4-メチルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、ベンジル基若しくは5-インドリルメチル基で置換されたピロリジニル基、又は基(III)(基(III)中、Y31がメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31が無置換のシクロヘキシル基である組み合わせ;Y31がメチルメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31がハロゲン原子で置換されたフェニル基である組み合わせ)であり;
R13が、1H-イミダゾール-4-イル基又はピロリジン-2-オン-3-イル基であり;且つ、
R14が、ホルミル基、-CH=CHCO2R’(R’はエチル基又はベンジル基)、又はシアノ基であるもの、
等が挙げられる。
Alternatively, more preferred compounds (I) include, for example,
R 11 is a hydrogen atom;
R 12 is a group (II), and R 21 in the group (II) is a methyl group substituted with a biphenyl group (that is, a biphenylmethyl group), a fluorine atom, or a 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group a phenyl group substituted with, a benzyl group or a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with a 5-indolylmethyl group, or a group (III) (in group (III), Y 31 is a methylene group, Q 31 is —NH—, or a combination of -NH-C(=O)- and R 31 is an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group; Y 31 is a methylmethylene group and Q 31 is -NH-C(=O)- and R 31 is a phenyl group substituted with a halogen atom);
R 13 is a 1H-imidazol-4-yl group or a pyrrolidin-2-one-3-yl group; and
R 14 is a formyl group, -CH=CHCO 2 R'(R' is an ethyl group or a benzyl group), or a cyano group;
etc.
好ましい化合物(I)としてより具体的には、例えば、下記一般式(I-1)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-1)」と称する場合がある)、下記一般式(I-2)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-2)」と称する場合がある)、下記一般式(1-3a)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-3a)」と称する場合がある)、下記一般式(1-3b)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-3b)」と称する場合がある)、下記一般式(1-4a)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-4a)」と称する場合がある)、下記一般式(1-4b)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-4b)」と称する場合がある)、下記一般式(1-5a)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-5a)」と称する場合がある)、下記一般式(1-5b)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-5b)」と称する場合がある)、下記一般式(1-6a)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-6a)」と称する場合がある)、下記一般式(1-6b)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-6b)」と称する場合がある)等が挙げられる。なお、これらの化合物は、好ましい化合物(I)の一例に過ぎず、好ましい化合物(I)はこれらに限定されない。 More specifically, preferred compounds (I) include, for example, compounds represented by the following general formula (I-1) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (I-1)"), the following general formula (I -2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (I-2)"), a compound represented by the following general formula (1-3a) (hereinafter, "compound (I-3a)" may be referred to as), a compound represented by the following general formula (1-3b) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (I-3b)"), represented by the following general formula (1-4a) a compound (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (I-4a)"), a compound represented by the following general formula (1-4b) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (I-4b)"), A compound represented by the following general formula (1-5a) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (I-5a)"), a compound represented by the following general formula (1-5b) (hereinafter referred to as "compound ( I-5b)”), the compound represented by the following general formula (1-6a) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (I-6a)”), the following general formula (1-6b ) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (I-6b)”) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferable compound (I), and preferable compound (I) is not limited to these.
一般式(I-1)中、R111は置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基、置換若しくは無置換のピロリジニル基、又は前記一般式(III)で示される基である。 In general formula (I-1), R 111 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group, or the general formula (III) is a group represented by
一般式(I-2)中、R121は置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基、置換若しくは無置換のピロリジニル基、又は前記一般式(III)で示される基である。 In general formula (I-2), R 121 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group, or the general formula (III) is a group represented by
一般式(I-3a)~(I-3b)中、R131及びR132はそれぞれ独立に、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基、置換若しくは無置換のピロリジニル基、又は前記一般式(III)で示される基である。 In general formulas (I-3a) to (I-3b), R 131 and R 132 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or It is an unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group or a group represented by the general formula (III).
一般式(I-4a)~(I-4b)中、R141及びR142はそれぞれ独立に、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基、置換若しくは無置換のピロリジニル基、又は前記一般式(III)で示される基である。 In general formulas (I-4a) to (I-4b), R 141 and R 142 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or It is an unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group or a group represented by the general formula (III).
一般式(I-5a)~(I-5b)中、R151及びR152はそれぞれ独立に、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基、置換若しくは無置換のピロリジニル基、又は前記一般式(III)で示される基である。 In general formulas (I-5a) to (I-5b), R 151 and R 152 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or It is an unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group or a group represented by the general formula (III).
一般式(I-6a)~(I-6b)中、R161及びR162はそれぞれ独立に、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基、置換若しくは無置換のピロリジニル基、又は前記一般式(III)で示される基である。 In general formulas (I-6a) to (I-6b), R 161 and R 162 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or It is an unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group or a group represented by the general formula (III).
[R111、R121、R131、R132、R141、R142、R151、R152、R161及びR162]
R111、R121、R131、R132、R141、R142、R151、R152、R161及びR162はそれぞれ独立に、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のフェニル基、置換若しくは無置換のピロリジニル基、又は基(III)である。なお、ここでいう基(III)としては、上記「R21」において例示されたものと同様のものが挙げられる。
[R 111 , R 121 , R 131 , R 132 , R 141 , R 142 , R 151 , R 152 , R 161 and R 162 ]
R 111 , R 121 , R 131 , R 132 , R 141 , R 142 , R 151 , R 152 , R 161 and R 162 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, substituted Alternatively, it is an unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group, or group (III). The group (III) here includes the same groups as those exemplified for the above "R 21 ".
中でも、R111、R121、R131、R132、R141、R142、R151、R152、R161及びR162としては、それぞれ独立に、炭素数6以上12以下のアリール基で置換された炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、ピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基若しくはアルキルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、炭素数7以上12以下のアラルキル基若しくは炭素数4以上12以下のヘテロアラルキル基で置換されたピロリジニル基、又は基(III)が好ましく、ビフェニル基で置換されたメチル基(すなわち、ビフェニルメチル基)、フッ素原子若しくは4-メチルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、ベンジル基若しくは5-インドリルメチル基で置換されたピロリジニル基、又は基(III)がより好ましい。 Among them, R 111 , R 121 , R 131 , R 132 , R 141 , R 142 , R 151 , R 152 , R 161 and R 162 are each independently substituted with an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a phenyl group substituted with a piperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group or an alkylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group, an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, or 4 carbon atoms A pyrrolidinyl group substituted with a heteroaralkyl group of 12 or less, or group (III) is preferable, and a methyl group substituted with a biphenyl group (that is, a biphenylmethyl group), a fluorine atom or 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl A phenyl group substituted with a group, a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with a benzyl group or a 5-indolylmethyl group, or group (III) is more preferred.
好ましい化合物(I-1)としては、例えば、R111が、ビフェニル基で置換されたメチル基(すなわち、ビフェニルメチル基)、フッ素原子若しくは4-メチルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、ベンジル基若しくは5-インドリルメチル基で置換されたピロリジニル基、又は基(III)(基(III)中、Y31がメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31が無置換のシクロヘキシル基である組み合わせ;Y31がメチルメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31がハロゲン原子で置換されたフェニル基である組み合わせ)であるもの等が挙げられる。 Preferred compounds (I-1) include, for example, R 111 is a methyl group substituted with a biphenyl group (that is, a biphenylmethyl group), a fluorine atom or a phenyl substituted with a 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with a benzyl group or a 5-indolylmethyl group, or the group (III) (wherein Y 31 is a methylene group and Q 31 is —NH— or —NH—C (=O)-, and R 31 is an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group; Y 31 is a methylmethylene group, Q 31 is -NH-C(=O)-, and R 31 is a phenyl group substituted with a halogen atom).
好ましい化合物(I-1)として具体的には、例えば、下記式(I-1-1)~(I-1-6)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-1-1)」等と称する場合がある)等が挙げられる。なお、これらの化合物は、好ましい化合物(I-1)の一例に過ぎず、好ましい化合物(I-1)はこれらに限定されない。 Specifically, preferred compounds (I-1) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-1-1) to (I-1-6) (hereinafter, “compound (I-1-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferable compound (I-1), and preferable compound (I-1) is not limited to these.
好ましい化合物(I-2)としては、例えば、R121が、フッ素原子若しくは4-メチルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、又は基(III)(基(III)中、Y31がメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31が無置換のシクロヘキシル基である組み合わせ;Y31がメチルメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31がハロゲン原子で置換されたフェニル基である組み合わせ)であるもの等が挙げられる。 Preferred compounds (I-2) include, for example, a phenyl group in which R 121 is substituted with a fluorine atom or a 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group, or group (III) (in group (III), Y 31 is a methylene group, Q 31 is -NH- or -NH-C(=O)-, and R 31 is an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group; Y 31 is a methylmethylene group, and Q 31 is -NH-C(=O)- and R 31 is a phenyl group substituted with a halogen atom).
好ましい化合物(I-2)として具体的には、例えば、下記式(I-2-1)~(I-2-3)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-2-1)」等と称する場合がある)等が挙げられる。なお、これらの化合物は、好ましい化合物(I-2)の一例に過ぎず、好ましい化合物(I-2)はこれらに限定されない。 Specific examples of preferred compounds (I-2) include compounds represented by the following formulas (I-2-1) to (I-2-3) (hereinafter, “compound (I-2-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferable compound (I-2), and preferable compound (I-2) is not limited to these.
好ましい化合物(I-3a)としては、例えば、R131が、ビフェニル基で置換されたメチル基(すなわち、ビフェニルメチル基)、フッ素原子若しくは4-メチルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、ベンジル基若しくは5-インドリルメチル基で置換されたピロリジニル基、又は基(III)(基(III)中、Y31がメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31が無置換のシクロヘキシル基である組み合わせ;Y31がメチルメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31がハロゲン原子で置換されたフェニル基である組み合わせ)であるもの等が挙げられる。 Preferred compounds (I-3a) include, for example, a methyl group substituted with a biphenyl group (that is, a biphenylmethyl group), a fluorine atom or a phenyl group substituted with a 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group. a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with a benzyl group or a 5-indolylmethyl group, or the group (III) (wherein Y 31 is a methylene group and Q 31 is —NH— or —NH—C (=O)-, and R 31 is an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group; Y 31 is a methylmethylene group, Q 31 is -NH-C(=O)-, and R 31 is a phenyl group substituted with a halogen atom).
好ましい化合物(I-3a)として具体的には、例えば、下記式(I-3a-1)~(I-3a-5)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-3a-1)」等と称する場合がある)等が挙げられる。なお、これらの化合物は、好ましい化合物(I-3a)の一例に過ぎず、好ましい化合物(I-3a)はこれらに限定されない。 Specifically, preferred compounds (I-3a) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-3a-1) to (I-3a-5) (hereinafter, “compound (I-3a-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferred compounds (I-3a), and preferred compounds (I-3a) are not limited to these.
好ましい化合物(I-3b)としては、例えば、R132が、フッ素原子若しくは4-メチルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、又は基(III)(基(III)中、Y31がメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31が無置換のシクロヘキシル基である組み合わせ;Y31がメチルメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31がハロゲン原子で置換されたフェニル基である組み合わせ)であるもの等が挙げられる。 Preferred compounds (I-3b) include, for example, a phenyl group in which R 132 is substituted with a fluorine atom or a 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group, or group (III) (in group (III), Y 31 is a methylene group, Q 31 is -NH- or -NH-C(=O)-, and R 31 is an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group; Y 31 is a methylmethylene group, and Q 31 is -NH-C(=O)- and R 31 is a phenyl group substituted with a halogen atom).
好ましい化合物(I-3b)として具体的には、例えば、下記式(I-3b-1)~(I-3b-3)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-3b-1)」等と称する場合がある)等が挙げられる。なお、これらの化合物は、好ましい化合物(I-3b)の一例に過ぎず、好ましい化合物(I-3b)はこれらに限定されない。 Specifically, preferred compounds (I-3b) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-3b-1) to (I-3b-3) (hereinafter, “compound (I-3b-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferred compounds (I-3b), and preferred compounds (I-3b) are not limited to these.
好ましい化合物(I-4a)としては、例えば、R141が、ビフェニル基で置換されたメチル基(すなわち、ビフェニルメチル基)、フッ素原子若しくは4-メチルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、ベンジル基若しくは5-インドリルメチル基で置換されたピロリジニル基、又は基(III)(基(III)中、Y31がメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31が無置換のシクロヘキシル基である組み合わせ;Y31がメチルメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31がハロゲン原子で置換されたフェニル基である組み合わせ)であるもの等が挙げられる。 Preferred compounds (I-4a) include, for example, a methyl group substituted with a biphenyl group (that is, a biphenylmethyl group), a fluorine atom or a phenyl group substituted with a 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group. a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with a benzyl group or a 5-indolylmethyl group, or the group (III) (wherein Y 31 is a methylene group and Q 31 is —NH— or —NH—C (=O)-, and R 31 is an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group; Y 31 is a methylmethylene group, Q 31 is -NH-C(=O)-, and R 31 is a phenyl group substituted with a halogen atom).
好ましい化合物(I-4a)として具体的には、例えば、下記式(I-4a-1)~(I-4a-5)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-4a-1)」等と称する場合がある)等が挙げられる。なお、これらの化合物は、好ましい化合物(I-4a)の一例に過ぎず、好ましい化合物(I-4a)はこれらに限定されない。 Specifically, preferred compounds (I-4a) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-4a-1) to (I-4a-5) (hereinafter, “compound (I-4a-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferred compounds (I-4a), and preferred compounds (I-4a) are not limited to these.
好ましい化合物(I-4b)としては、例えば、R142が、フッ素原子若しくは4-メチルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、又は基(III)(基(III)中、Y31がメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31が無置換のシクロヘキシル基である組み合わせ;Y31がメチルメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31がハロゲン原子で置換されたフェニル基である組み合わせ)であるもの等が挙げられる。 Preferred compounds (I-4b) include, for example, a phenyl group in which R 142 is substituted with a fluorine atom or a 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group, or group (III) (in group (III), Y 31 is a methylene group, Q 31 is -NH- or -NH-C(=O)-, and R 31 is an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group; Y 31 is a methylmethylene group, and Q 31 is -NH-C(=O)- and R 31 is a phenyl group substituted with a halogen atom).
好ましい化合物(I-4b)として具体的には、例えば、下記式(I-4b-1)~(I-4b-3)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-4b-1)」等と称する場合がある)等が挙げられる。なお、これらの化合物は、好ましい化合物(I-4b)の一例に過ぎず、好ましい化合物(I-4b)はこれらに限定されない。 Specifically, preferred compounds (I-4b) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-4b-1) to (I-4b-3) (hereinafter, “compound (I-4b-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferred compounds (I-4b), and preferred compounds (I-4b) are not limited to these.
好ましい化合物(I-5a)としては、例えば、R151が、ビフェニル基で置換されたメチル基(すなわち、ビフェニルメチル基)、フッ素原子若しくは4-メチルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、ベンジル基若しくは5-インドリルメチル基で置換されたピロリジニル基、又は基(III)(基(III)中、Y31がメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31が無置換のシクロヘキシル基である組み合わせ;Y31がメチルメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31がハロゲン原子で置換されたフェニル基である組み合わせ)であるもの等が挙げられる。 Preferred compounds (I-5a) include, for example, a methyl group substituted with a biphenyl group (that is, a biphenylmethyl group), a fluorine atom or a phenyl substituted with a 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group at R 151 a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with a benzyl group or a 5-indolylmethyl group, or the group (III) (wherein Y 31 is a methylene group and Q 31 is —NH— or —NH—C (=O)-, and R 31 is an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group; Y 31 is a methylmethylene group, Q 31 is -NH-C(=O)-, and R 31 is a phenyl group substituted with a halogen atom).
好ましい化合物(I-5a)として具体的には、例えば、下記式(I-5a-1)~(I-5a-5)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-5a-1)」等と称する場合がある)等が挙げられる。なお、これらの化合物は、好ましい化合物(I-5a)の一例に過ぎず、好ましい化合物(I-5a)はこれらに限定されない。 Specifically, preferred compounds (I-5a) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-5a-1) to (I-5a-5) (hereinafter, “compound (I-5a-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferable compound (I-5a), and preferable compound (I-5a) is not limited to these.
好ましい化合物(I-5b)としては、例えば、R152が、フッ素原子若しくは4-メチルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、又は基(III)(基(III)中、Y31がメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31が無置換のシクロヘキシル基である組み合わせ;Y31がメチルメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31がハロゲン原子で置換されたフェニル基である組み合わせ)であるもの等が挙げられる。 Preferred compounds (I-5b) include, for example, a phenyl group in which R 152 is substituted with a fluorine atom or a 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group, or group (III) (in group (III), Y 31 is a methylene group, Q 31 is -NH- or -NH-C(=O)-, and R 31 is an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group; Y 31 is a methylmethylene group, and Q 31 is -NH-C(=O)- and R 31 is a phenyl group substituted with a halogen atom).
好ましい化合物(I-5b)として具体的には、例えば、下記式(I-5b-1)~(I-5b-3)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-5b-1)」等と称する場合がある)等が挙げられる。なお、これらの化合物は、好ましい化合物(I-5b)の一例に過ぎず、好ましい化合物(I-5b)はこれらに限定されない。 Specifically, preferred compounds (I-5b) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-5b-1) to (I-5b-3) (hereinafter, “compound (I-5b-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferred compounds (I-5b), and preferred compounds (I-5b) are not limited to these.
好ましい化合物(I-6a)としては、例えば、R161が、ビフェニル基で置換されたメチル基(すなわち、ビフェニルメチル基)、フッ素原子若しくは4-メチルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、ベンジル基若しくは5-インドリルメチル基で置換されたピロリジニル基、又は基(III)(基(III)中、Y31がメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31が無置換のシクロヘキシル基である組み合わせ;Y31がメチルメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31がハロゲン原子で置換されたフェニル基である組み合わせ)であるもの等が挙げられる。 Preferred compounds (I-6a) include, for example, a methyl group substituted with a biphenyl group (that is, a biphenylmethyl group), a fluorine atom or a phenyl substituted with a 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group in R 161 a pyrrolidinyl group substituted with a benzyl group or a 5-indolylmethyl group, or the group (III) (wherein Y 31 is a methylene group and Q 31 is —NH— or —NH—C (=O)-, and R 31 is an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group; Y 31 is a methylmethylene group, Q 31 is -NH-C(=O)-, and R 31 is a phenyl group substituted with a halogen atom).
好ましい化合物(I-6a)として具体的には、例えば、下記式(I-6a-1)~(I-6a-5)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-6a-1)」等と称する場合がある)等が挙げられる。なお、これらの化合物は、好ましい化合物(I-6a)の一例に過ぎず、好ましい化合物(I-6a)はこれらに限定されない。 Specifically, preferred compounds (I-6a) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-6a-1) to (I-6a-5) (hereinafter, “compound (I-6a-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferred compounds (I-6a), and preferred compounds (I-6a) are not limited to these.
好ましい化合物(I-6b)としては、例えば、R162が、フッ素原子若しくは4-メチルピペラジン-1-イルスルホニル基で置換されたフェニル基、又は基(III)(基(III)中、Y31がメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-、又は-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31が無置換のシクロヘキシル基である組み合わせ;Y31がメチルメチレン基であり、Q31が-NH-C(=O)-であり、且つ、R31がハロゲン原子で置換されたフェニル基である組み合わせ)であるもの等が挙げられる。 Preferred compounds (I-6b) include, for example, a phenyl group in which R 162 is substituted with a fluorine atom or a 4-methylpiperazin-1-ylsulfonyl group, or group (III) (in group (III), Y 31 is a methylene group, Q 31 is -NH- or -NH-C(=O)-, and R 31 is an unsubstituted cyclohexyl group; Y 31 is a methylmethylene group, and Q 31 is -NH-C(=O)- and R 31 is a phenyl group substituted with a halogen atom).
好ましい化合物(I-6b)として具体的には、例えば、下記式(I-6b-1)~(I-6b-3)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-6b-1)」等と称する場合がある)等が挙げられる。なお、これらの化合物は、好ましい化合物(I-6b)の一例に過ぎず、好ましい化合物(I-6b)はこれらに限定されない。 Specifically, preferred compounds (I-6b) include, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (I-6b-1) to (I-6b-3) (hereinafter, “compound (I-6b-1)” etc.) and the like. These compounds are merely examples of preferred compounds (I-6b), and preferred compounds (I-6b) are not limited to these.
上述した化合物(I)の中でも、後述する実施例に示すように、3CLプロテアーゼに対する阻害活性に特に優れることから、化合物(I-1-1)又は化合物(I-1-2)が好ましく、化合物(I-1-1)がより好ましい。 Among the compounds (I) described above, compound (I-1-1) or compound (I-1-2) is preferable because it has particularly excellent inhibitory activity against 3CL protease, as shown in the examples below. (I-1-1) is more preferred.
本実施形態のプロテアーゼ阻害剤は、化合物(I)の代わりに、化合物(I)の薬学的に許容できる塩を含んでいてもよい。なお、本明細書において、「薬学的に許容できる」とは、被検動物に適切に投与された場合に、概して、副作用を起こさない程度を意味する。 The protease inhibitor of this embodiment may contain a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of compound (I) instead of compound (I). As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable" generally means to the extent that side effects are not caused when appropriately administered to a subject animal.
塩としては、薬学的に許容できる酸付加塩又は塩基性塩が好ましい。 The salt is preferably a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt or basic salt.
酸付加塩としては、塩酸、リン酸、臭化水素酸、硫酸等の無機酸との塩;酢酸、ギ酸、プロピオン酸、フマル酸、マレイン酸、コハク酸、酒石酸、クエン酸、リンゴ酸、安息香酸、メタンスルホン酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸等の有機酸との塩が挙げられる。 Acid addition salts include salts with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, hydrobromic acid and sulfuric acid; acetic acid, formic acid, propionic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, malic acid, benzoic acid Acids, salts with organic acids such as methanesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid are included.
塩基性塩としては、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、水酸化アンモニウム、水酸化マグネシウム等の無機塩基との塩;カフェイン、ピペリジン、トリメチルアミン、ピリジン等の有機塩基との塩が挙げられる。 Basic salts include salts with inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide and magnesium hydroxide; salts with organic bases such as caffeine, piperidine, trimethylamine and pyridine.
≪化合物(I)の製造方法≫
化合物(I)は、例えば、R11、R12、R13、及びR14の種類に応じて、公知の反応を行って、1-アミノ-2-カルボキシベンゼン又は1-アミノ-3-カルボキシベンゼンに、上述した官能基を導入することで製造できる。具体的には、以下のとおりである。
<<Method for producing compound (I)>>
Compound (I) can be prepared, for example, according to the type of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 by known reactions to give 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene or 1-amino-3-carboxybenzene can be produced by introducing the functional group described above into. Specifically, it is as follows.
<化合物(I-1)の製造方法>
化合物(I)のうち、化合物(I-1)は、例えば、
下記一般式(I-1a)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-1a)」と略記する場合がある)と、1-アミノ-2-カルボキシベンゼンと、を反応させて、下記一般式(I-1b)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-1b)」と略記する場合がある)を得る工程(以下、「化合物(I-1b)製造工程」と略記する場合がある);及び、
化合物(I-1b)と、下記一般式(I-1c)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-1c)」と略記することがある)と、を反応させて、化合物(I-1)を得る工程(以下、「化合物(I-1)製造工程A」と略記することがある);
を含む製造方法(以下、「化合物(I-1)の製造方法A」と称する場合がある)により、製造できる。
<Method for producing compound (I-1)>
Among compounds (I), compound (I-1) is, for example,
A compound represented by the following general formula (I-1a) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "compound (I-1a)") is reacted with 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene to obtain the following general formula: A step of obtaining a compound represented by formula (I-1b) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "compound (I-1b)") (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "compound (I-1b) production step") there is); and
Compound (I-1b) and a compound represented by the following general formula (I-1c) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "compound (I-1c)") are reacted to give compound (I- a step of obtaining 1) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-1) production step A”);
(hereinafter sometimes referred to as “method A for producing compound (I-1)”).
上記反応式中、R111は、上記と同じである。 In the reaction formula above, R 111 is the same as above.
或いは、化合物(I-1)は、例えば、
化合物(I-1c)と、1-アミノ-2-メトキシカルボニルベンゼンと、を反応させて、下記一般式(I-1d)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-1d)」と略記する場合がある)を得る工程(以下、「化合物(I-1d)製造工程」と略記する場合がある);及び、
化合物(I-1d)のエステル結合を加水分解して、化合物(I-1e)を得る工程(以下、「化合物(I-1e)製造工程」と略記する場合がある);
化合物(I-1e)と、化合物(I-1a)と、を反応させて、化合物(I-1)を得る工程(以下、「化合物(I-1)製造工程B」と略記することがある);
を含む製造方法(以下、「化合物(I-1)の製造方法B」と称する場合がある)により、製造できる。
Alternatively, compound (I-1) is, for example,
Compound (I-1c) and 1-amino-2-methoxycarbonylbenzene are reacted to obtain a compound represented by the following general formula (I-1d) (hereinafter abbreviated as "compound (I-1d)" (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-1d) manufacturing step”); and
a step of hydrolyzing the ester bond of compound (I-1d) to obtain compound (I-1e) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-1e) production step”);
A step of reacting compound (I-1e) with compound (I-1a) to obtain compound (I-1) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-1) production step B”) );
(hereinafter sometimes referred to as “method B for producing compound (I-1)”).
上記反応式中、R111は、上記と同じである。 In the reaction formula above, R 111 is the same as above.
以下、各工程について、詳細に説明する。 Each step will be explained in detail below.
[化合物(I-1)の製造方法A]
(化合物(I-1b)製造工程)
化合物(I-1b)製造工程では、化合物(I-1a)と、1-アミノ-2-カルボキシベンゼンと、を反応させて、化合物(I-1b)を得る。化合物(I-1b)製造工程は、公知のアミド化反応である。
[Method A for producing compound (I-1)]
(Compound (I-1b) manufacturing process)
In the compound (I-1b) production step, compound (I-1a) is reacted with 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene to obtain compound (I-1b). The process for producing compound (I-1b) is a known amidation reaction.
(1)化合物(I-1a)
化合物(I-1a)(1H-Imidazole-4-methylcarboxamide)は、公知の化合物であり、市販のものを入手して使用することができる。
(1) Compound (I-1a)
Compound (I-1a) (1H-Imidazole-4-methylcarboxamide) is a known compound, and commercially available products can be obtained and used.
また、化合物(I-1a)の代わりに、下記一般式(I-1a’)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-1a’)」と略記する場合がある)を用いることができる。化合物(I-1a’)は、化合物(I-1a)のホルミル基がメトキシカルボニル基に置換されており、1H-イミダゾール-4-イル基の活性水素基がトリフェニルメチル基(トリチル基)で保護されている。 In addition, instead of compound (I-1a), a compound represented by the following general formula (I-1a') (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "compound (I-1a')") can be used. . Compound (I-1a') is obtained by substituting the formyl group of compound (I-1a) with a methoxycarbonyl group, and replacing the active hydrogen group of the 1H-imidazol-4-yl group with a triphenylmethyl group (trityl group). protected.
化合物(I-1a’)は、公知の化合物であり、市販のものを入手して使用することができる。 Compound (I-1a') is a known compound, and commercially available products can be obtained and used.
化合物(I-1a’)を用いた場合には、後述する化合物(I-1)製造工程Aの前又は後に、好ましくは、化合物(I-1)製造工程Aの後に、以下に示す反応を行うことで、トリチル基を脱保護し、且つ、メトキシカルボニル基をホルミル基に変換することができる。
1)メトキシカルボニル基を、公知の還元剤で還元してメチルヒドロキシル基に置換する反応;
2)トリチル基を、酸条件で脱保護することで、1H-イミダゾール-4-イル基の活性水素基を活性化させる反応;
3)メチルヒドロキシル基を、公知の酸化剤で酸化して、ホルミル基とする反応。
When compound (I-1a') is used, the following reaction is carried out before or after compound (I-1) production step A described below, preferably after compound (I-1) production step A. By doing so, the trityl group can be deprotected and the methoxycarbonyl group can be converted to a formyl group.
1) a reaction in which a methoxycarbonyl group is reduced with a known reducing agent and substituted with a methylhydroxyl group;
2) reaction to activate the active hydrogen group of the 1H-imidazol-4-yl group by deprotecting the trityl group under acidic conditions;
3) A reaction in which a methyl hydroxyl group is oxidized with a known oxidizing agent to form a formyl group.
上記1)~3)の反応については、通常この順で行う。 The above reactions 1) to 3) are usually carried out in this order.
上記1)の反応で用いられる還元剤としては、例えば、水素化ホウ素ナトリウム(NaBH4)等が挙げられる。これらの化合物を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。2種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of the reducing agent used in the above reaction 1) include sodium borohydride (NaBH 4 ) and the like. These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
還元剤の使用量は、還元対象となる化合物の使用量の0.5倍モル量以上20倍モル量以下とすることができる。 The amount of the reducing agent used can be 0.5 to 20 times the molar amount of the compound to be reduced.
上記1)における還元反応において、反応温度は、-20℃以上50℃以下とすることができる。 In the reduction reaction in 1) above, the reaction temperature can be -20°C or higher and 50°C or lower.
上記2)の反応で用いられる酸としては、例えば、p-トルエンスルホン酸、ギ酸、酢酸、トリフルオロ酢酸、塩酸等のブレンステッド酸;SnCl2、BiCl3、CeCl3、FeCl3、BF3、ZnBr2等の酸が挙げられる。これらの化合物を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。2種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of acids used in the above reaction 2) include Bronsted acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and hydrochloric acid; SnCl 2 , BiCl 3 , CeCl 3 , FeCl 3 , BF 3 Acids such as ZnBr2 . These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
酸の使用量は、化合物中のトリチル基のモル量の0.001倍モル量以上20倍モル量以下とすることができる。 The amount of acid used can be 0.001 to 20 times the molar amount of the trityl group in the compound.
上記2)の反応において、反応温度は、-20℃以上50℃以下であることが好ましく、-4℃以上25℃以下であることがより好ましい。 In the above reaction 2), the reaction temperature is preferably -20°C or higher and 50°C or lower, more preferably -4°C or higher and 25°C or lower.
上記2)の反応において、反応時間は、1分間以上30時間以下であることが好ましく、1分間以上20時間以下であることがより好ましい。 In the above reaction 2), the reaction time is preferably 1 minute or more and 30 hours or less, more preferably 1 minute or more and 20 hours or less.
上記3)の反応で用いられる酸化剤としては、例えば、Dess-Martin(デス-マーチン)ペルヨージナン(DMP)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the oxidizing agent used in the above reaction 3) include Dess-Martin periodinane (DMP).
酸化剤の使用量は、酸化対象となる化合物の使用量の0.5倍モル量以上2.0倍モル量以下であることが好ましく、0.75倍モル量以上1.5倍モル量以下であることがより好ましく、0.8倍モル量以上1.2倍モル量以下であることがさらに好ましい。 The amount of the oxidizing agent used is preferably 0.5 to 2.0 times the molar amount of the compound to be oxidized, and 0.75 to 1.5 times the molar amount of the compound to be oxidized. and more preferably 0.8-fold molar amount or more and 1.2-fold molar amount or less.
上記3)における酸化反応において、反応温度は、-20℃以上50℃以下であることが好ましく、-4℃以上25℃以下であることがより好ましい。 In the oxidation reaction in 3) above, the reaction temperature is preferably -20°C or higher and 50°C or lower, more preferably -4°C or higher and 25°C or lower.
上記3)の反応において、反応時間は、10分間以上30時間以下とすることができる。 In the reaction of 3) above, the reaction time can be 10 minutes or more and 30 hours or less.
(2)化合物(I-1b)
化合物(I-1b)は、本工程で得られる、新規化合物である。
(2) Compound (I-1b)
Compound (I-1b) is a novel compound obtained in this step.
(3)反応条件
化合物(I-1b)製造工程は、公知のアミド化反応である。
(3) Reaction Conditions The compound (I-1b) production process is a known amidation reaction.
化合物(I-1b)製造工程は、アミド縮合剤を用いて反応を行うことが好ましい。 In the compound (I-1b) production step, the reaction is preferably carried out using an amide condensing agent.
アミド縮合剤としては、例えば、N,N’-ジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド(DCC)、1-エチル-3-(3-ジメチルアミノプロピル)-カルボジイミド(EDCl)、1-ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾール(HOBT)、1-ヒドロキシ‐7-アザベンゾトリアゾール(HOAT)、ジフェニルリン酸アジド(DPPA)、O-(ベンゾトリアゾール-1-イル)-N,N,N’,N’-テトラメチルウロニウムヘキサフルオロホスファート(HBTU)、1-[ビス(ジメチルアミノ)メチレン]-1H-ベンゾトリアゾリウム3-オキシドテトラフルオロボラート(TBTU)、1-[ビス(ジメチルアミノ)メチレン]-1H-1,2,3-トリアゾロ(4,5-b)ピリジニウム3-オキシドヘキサフルオロホスファート(HATU)、1-[ビス(ジメチルアミノ)メチレン]-1H-1,2,3-トリアゾロ(4,5-b)ピリジニウム3-オキシドテトラフルオロボラート(TATU)等が挙げられる。これらの化合物を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。2種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of amide condensing agents include N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide (EDCl), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT), 1-hydroxy -7-azabenzotriazole (HOAT), diphenyl phosphate azide (DPPA), O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) , 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-benzotriazolium 3-oxide tetrafluoroborate (TBTU), 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo( 4,5-b) pyridinium 3-oxide hexafluorophosphate (HATU), 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo(4,5-b) pyridinium 3-oxide tetra fluoroborate (TATU) and the like. These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
アミド縮合剤の使用量は、例えば、1-アミノ-2-カルボキシベンゼンの使用量の1.0倍モル量以上10.0倍モル量以下とすることができる。 The amount of the amide condensing agent used can be, for example, 1.0 to 10.0 times the molar amount of 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene.
化合物(I-1b)製造工程において、塩基存在下で反応を行うことが好ましい。 In the compound (I-1b) manufacturing process, it is preferable to carry out the reaction in the presence of a base.
塩基としては、例えば、トリエチルアミン、N,N-ジイソプロピルエチルアミン(N,N-diisopropylethylamine;DIEA)等のトリアルキルアミン等が挙げられる。これらの化合物は、単独で用いてもよく、2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。2種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of the base include trialkylamines such as triethylamine and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (N,N-diisopropylethylamine; DIEA). These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
塩基の使用量は、例えば、1-アミノ-2-カルボキシベンゼンの使用量の0.1倍モル量以上10倍モル量以下とすることができる。 The amount of base used can be, for example, 0.1 to 10 times the molar amount of 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene.
化合物(I-1b)製造工程において、非プロトン性溶媒を反応溶媒として用いることが好ましい。 An aprotic solvent is preferably used as a reaction solvent in the compound (I-1b) manufacturing process.
前記非プロトン性溶媒は特に限定されないが、例えば、ペンタン、ヘキサン、シクロヘキサン、メチルシクロヘキサン、デカヒドロナフタレン、トルエン、トリエチルアミン、tert-ブチルメチルエーテル、クロロホルム、酢酸エチル、1,2-ジメトキシエタン、2-メトキシエチルエーテル、1,2-ジメトキシエタン、テトラヒドロフラン、ピリジン、2-ブタノン、アセトン、N-メチルピロリジノン、ニトロメタン、アセトニトリル、スルホラン、ジメチルスルホキシド、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン、酢酸イソプロピル、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、炭酸プロピレン等が挙げられる。 The aprotic solvent is not particularly limited, but examples include pentane, hexane, cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, decahydronaphthalene, toluene, triethylamine, tert-butyl methyl ether, chloroform, ethyl acetate, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 2- Methoxyethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, pyridine, 2-butanone, acetone, N-methylpyrrolidinone, nitromethane, acetonitrile, sulfolane, dimethylsulfoxide, diisopropylethylamine, isopropyl acetate, N,N-dimethylformamide, propylene carbonate etc.
前記非プロトン性溶媒は、単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよく、2種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The aprotic solvent may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used in combination. When two or more of them are used in combination, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
前記溶媒の使用量は、1-アミノ-2-カルボキシベンゼンの使用量の10倍モル量以上1000倍モル量以下とすることができる。 The amount of the solvent used can be 10 to 1000 times the molar amount of 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene.
化合物(I-1b)製造工程において、化合物(I-1a)の使用量は、1-アミノ-2-カルボキシベンゼンの使用量の0.5倍モル量以上2.0倍モル量以下であることが好ましく、0.75倍モル量以上1.5倍モル量以下であることがより好ましく、0.8倍モル量以上1.2倍モル量以下であることがさらに好ましい。 In the process for producing compound (I-1b), the amount of compound (I-1a) used is 0.5-fold molar amount or more and 2.0-fold molar amount or less than the amount of 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene used. is preferred, more preferably 0.75-fold molar amount or more and 1.5-fold molar amount or less, and even more preferably 0.8-fold molar amount or more and 1.2-fold molar amount or less.
化合物(I-1b)製造工程において、不活性ガス雰囲気下で反応を行ってもよい。 In the manufacturing process of compound (I-1b), the reaction may be carried out under an inert gas atmosphere.
不活性ガスは特に限定されないが、例えば、窒素、アルゴン等が挙げられる。 The inert gas is not particularly limited, but examples include nitrogen and argon.
不活性ガスは、単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよく、2種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The inert gas may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used in combination. When two or more of them are used, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
化合物(I-1b)製造工程において、反応温度は、-20℃以上50℃以下とすることができる。 In the compound (I-1b) manufacturing process, the reaction temperature can be -20°C or higher and 50°C or lower.
化合物(I-1b)製造工程において、反応時間は、10分間以上30時間以下とすることができる。 In the compound (I-1b) manufacturing process, the reaction time can be 10 minutes or more and 30 hours or less.
化合物(I-1b)製造工程において、反応終了後は、公知の手法によって、必要に応じて後処理を行い、化合物(I-1b)を取り出せばよい。すなわち、適宜必要に応じて、ろ過、洗浄、抽出、pH調整、脱水、濃縮等の後処理操作をいずれか単独で、又は2種以上組み合わせて行い、濃縮、結晶化、再沈殿、カラムクロマトグラフィー等により、化合物(I-1b)を取り出せばよい。また、取り出した化合物(I-1b)は、さらに必要に応じて、結晶化、再沈殿、カラムクロマトグラフィー、抽出、溶媒による結晶の撹拌洗浄等の操作をいずれか単独で、又は2種以上組み合わせて1回以上行うことで、精製してもよい。 In the compound (I-1b) production process, after the reaction is completed, post-treatment may be performed as necessary by a known method to extract compound (I-1b). That is, post-treatment operations such as filtration, washing, extraction, pH adjustment, dehydration, concentration, etc., are carried out either singly or in combination of two or more as appropriate, and concentration, crystallization, reprecipitation, and column chromatography are performed. The compound (I-1b) can be taken out by, for example. Further, the extracted compound (I-1b) may be further subjected to any one of operations such as crystallization, reprecipitation, column chromatography, extraction, stirring and washing of crystals with a solvent, or a combination of two or more of them. You may refine|purify by carrying out one or more times.
化合物(I-1b)製造工程においては、反応終了後、化合物(I-1b)を取り出さずに、次工程で用いてもよいが、目的物である化合物(I-1)の収率が向上する点から、化合物(I-1b)を上述の方法で取り出すことが好ましい。 In the step of producing compound (I-1b), after completion of the reaction, compound (I-1b) may be used in the next step without being taken out, but the yield of the target compound (I-1) is improved. Therefore, it is preferable to isolate compound (I-1b) by the method described above.
(化合物(I-1)製造工程A)
化合物(I-1)製造工程Aにおいては、化合物(I-1b)と、化合物(I-1c)と、を反応させて、化合物(I-1)を得る。化合物(I-1)製造工程Aは、公知のアミド化反応である。
(Compound (I-1) production step A)
In compound (I-1) production step A, compound (I-1b) and compound (I-1c) are reacted to obtain compound (I-1). Compound (I-1) production step A is a known amidation reaction.
(1)化合物(I-1c)
化合物(I-1c)におけるR111は、上記化合物(I-1)におけるR111と同じである。
(1) Compound (I-1c)
R 111 in compound (I-1c) is the same as R 111 in compound (I-1) above.
化合物(I-1c)は、R111を有する第一級アルコール又はアルデヒドをクロム酸カリウム等で酸化することで得ることもできる。 Compound (I-1c) can also be obtained by oxidizing a primary alcohol or aldehyde having R 111 with potassium chromate or the like.
(2)反応条件
化合物(I-1)製造工程Aにおける各種反応条件は、上記化合物(I-1b)製造工程と同じ反応条件である。
(2) Reaction Conditions Various reaction conditions in the compound (I-1) production process A are the same as those in the compound (I-1b) production process.
化合物(I-1)製造工程Aにおいて、化合物(I-1c)の使用量は、化合物(I-1b)の使用量の0.5倍モル量以上2.0倍モル量以下であることが好ましく、0.75倍モル量以上1.5倍モル量以下であることがより好ましく、0.8倍モル量以上1.2倍モル量以下であることがさらに好ましい。 In compound (I-1) production step A, the amount of compound (I-1c) used is 0.5-fold molar amount or more and 2.0-fold molar amount or less than the amount of compound (I-1b) used. It is preferably 0.75-fold molar amount or more and 1.5-fold molar amount or less, and further preferably 0.8-fold molar amount or more and 1.2-fold molar amount or less.
化合物(I-1)製造工程Aにおいて、反応終了後は、化合物(I-1b)製造工程の場合と同様の方法で、化合物(I-1)を取り出すことができ、取り出した化合物(I-1)をさらに同様の方法で精製してもよい。 In compound (I-1) production step A, after completion of the reaction, compound (I-1) can be isolated in the same manner as in compound (I-1b) production step. 1) may be further purified by a similar method.
化合物(I-1)、化合物(I-1a)、化合物(I-1b)、化合物(I-1c)等の各化合物は、例えば、核磁気共鳴(NMR)分光法、質量分析法(MS)、赤外分光法(IR)等、公知の手法で構造を確認できる。 Each compound such as compound (I-1), compound (I-1a), compound (I-1b), and compound (I-1c) can be obtained by, for example, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy, mass spectrometry (MS) , infrared spectroscopy (IR), etc., can be used to confirm the structure.
[化合物(I-1)の製造方法B]
化合物(I-1)の製造方法Bでは、1-アミノ-2-カルボキシベンゼンの代わりに1-アミノ-2-メトキシカルボニルベンゼンを用いて、化合物(I-1d)のエステル結合を加水分解して、カルボキシ基に変換した化合物(I-1e)を得た点と、化合物(I-1a)及び化合物(I-1c)を反応させる順番を変更した以外は、上記化合物(I-1)の製造方法Aと同様の方法を用いて、化合物(I-1)を得る。
[Method B for producing compound (I-1)]
In the production method B of compound (I-1), 1-amino-2-methoxycarbonylbenzene is used instead of 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene to hydrolyze the ester bond of compound (I-1d). , Production of the above compound (I-1) except that the compound (I-1e) converted to a carboxy group was obtained, and the order of reacting the compound (I-1a) and the compound (I-1c) was changed. A method similar to method A is used to obtain compound (I-1).
具体的には、化合物(I-1)の製造方法Aでは、1-アミノ-2-カルボキシベンゼンのカルボキシ基にR13及びR14を有する化合物(I-1a)を反応させて、化合物(I-1b)を得た後、化合物(I-1b)のアミノ基にR21を有する化合物(I-1c)を反応させて、化合物(I-1)を得る。 Specifically, in the method A for producing compound (I-1), the carboxy group of 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene is reacted with compound (I-1a) having R 13 and R 14 to obtain compound (I After obtaining -1b), the amino group of compound (I-1b) is reacted with compound (I-1c) having R 21 to obtain compound (I-1).
一方、化合物(I-1)の製造方法Bでは、1-アミノ-2-メトキシカルボニルベンゼンのアミノ基にR21を有する化合物(I-1c)を反応させて、化合物(I-1d)を得、化合物(I-1d)のエステル結合を加水分解して、カルボキシ基に変換した化合物(I-1e)を得た後、化合物(I-1e)のカルボキシ基にR13及びR14を有する化合物(I-1a)を反応させて、化合物(I-1)を得る。 On the other hand, in the production method B of compound (I-1), the amino group of 1-amino-2-methoxycarbonylbenzene is reacted with compound (I-1c) having R 21 to obtain compound (I-1d). , After hydrolyzing the ester bond of compound (I-1d) to obtain compound (I-1e) converted to a carboxy group, a compound having R 13 and R 14 in the carboxy group of compound (I-1e) (I-1a) is reacted to obtain compound (I-1).
なお、化合物(I-1d)の製造工程において、1-アミノ-2-カルボキシベンゼンの代わりに1-アミノ-2-メトキシカルボニルベンゼンを用いることで、1-アミノ-2-カルボキシベンゼン中のカルボキシ基同士、又は、1-アミノ-2-カルボキシベンゼンと化合物(I-1c)のカルボキシ基の反応を抑制して、化合物(I-1d)の収率を向上させることができる。 In the production process of compound (I-1d), by using 1-amino-2-methoxycarbonylbenzene instead of 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene, the carboxy group in 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene The yield of compound (I-1d) can be improved by suppressing the reaction between them or between the carboxy group of compound (I-1c) and 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene.
以上のことから、化合物(I-1d)製造工程は、化合物(I-1)製造工程Aと反応条件等が同一であり、また、化合物(I-1)製造工程Bは、化合物(I-1b)製造工程と反応条件等が同一であるため、その詳細な説明は割愛する。 From the above, the compound (I-1d) manufacturing process has the same reaction conditions as the compound (I-1) manufacturing process A, and the compound (I-1) manufacturing process B is the same as the compound (I-1) manufacturing process. 1b) Since the manufacturing process and reaction conditions are the same, detailed description thereof is omitted.
(化合物(I-1e)製造工程)
化合物(I-1e)製造工程では、化合物(I-1d)のエステル結合を加水分解して、化合物(I-1e)を得る。化合物(I-1e)製造工程は、公知のエステルの加水分解反応である。
(Compound (I-1e) manufacturing process)
In the compound (I-1e) production step, the ester bond of compound (I-1d) is hydrolyzed to obtain compound (I-1e). The compound (I-1e) production step is a known ester hydrolysis reaction.
(1)化合物(I-1d)
化合物(I-1d)は、1-アミノ-2-メトキシカルボニルベンゼンと化合物(I-1c)のアミド化反応で得られる、新規化合物である。化合物(I-1d)において、R111は、上記化合物(I-1)におけるR111と同じである。
(1) Compound (I-1d)
Compound (I-1d) is a novel compound obtained by an amidation reaction of 1-amino-2-methoxycarbonylbenzene and compound (I-1c). In compound (I-1d), R 111 is the same as R 111 in compound (I-1) above.
(2)化合物(I-1e)
化合物(I-1e)は、本工程で得られる、新規化合物である。
(2) Compound (I-1e)
Compound (I-1e) is a novel compound obtained in this step.
(3)反応条件
化合物(I-1e)製造工程において、塩基存在下で反応を行うことが好ましい。
塩基としては、例えば、水酸化リチウム等が挙げられる。
(3) Reaction Conditions In the step of producing compound (I-1e), the reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a base.
Examples of the base include lithium hydroxide and the like.
塩基の使用量は、化合物(I-1d)の使用量の1.0倍モル量以上10.0倍モル量以下とすることができる。 The amount of the base used can be 1.0 to 10.0 times the molar amount of the compound (I-1d).
化合物(I-1e)製造工程において、反応温度は、-20℃以上50℃以下とすることができる。 In the compound (I-1e) manufacturing process, the reaction temperature can be -20°C or higher and 50°C or lower.
化合物(I-1e)製造工程において、反応時間は、30分間以上10時間以下とすることができる。 In the compound (I-1e) manufacturing process, the reaction time can be 30 minutes or more and 10 hours or less.
<化合物(I-2)の製造方法>
化合物(I)のうち、化合物(I-2)は、例えば、
化合物(I-1a)と、1-アミノ-3-カルボキシベンゼンと、を反応させて、下記一般式(I-2a)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-2a)」と略記する場合がある)を得る工程(以下、「化合物(I-2a)製造工程」と略記する場合がある);及び、
化合物(I-2a)と、化合物(I-2b)と、を反応させて、化合物(I-2)を得る工程(以下、「化合物(I-2)製造工程A」と略記することがある);
を含む製造方法(以下、「化合物(I-2)の製造方法A」と称する場合がある)により、製造できる。
<Method for producing compound (I-2)>
Among compounds (I), compound (I-2) is, for example,
The compound (I-1a) is reacted with 1-amino-3-carboxybenzene to obtain a compound represented by the following general formula (I-2a) (hereinafter abbreviated as "compound (I-2a)" (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-2a) manufacturing step”); and
A step of reacting compound (I-2a) with compound (I-2b) to obtain compound (I-2) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-2) production step A” );
(hereinafter sometimes referred to as “method A for producing compound (I-2)”).
上記反応式中、R121は、上記と同じである。 In the reaction formula above, R 121 is the same as above.
或いは、化合物(I-2)は、例えば、
化合物(I-2b)と、1-アミノ-3-メトキシカルボニルベンゼンと、を反応させて、下記一般式(I-2c)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-2c)」と略記する場合がある)を得る工程(以下、「化合物(I-2c)製造工程」と略記する場合がある);及び、
化合物(I-2c)のエステル結合を加水分解して、下記一般式(I-2d)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-2d)」と略記する場合がある)を得る工程(以下、「化合物(I-2d)製造工程」と略記する場合がある);
化合物(I-2d)と、化合物(I-1a)と、を反応させて、化合物(I-2)を得る工程(以下、「化合物(I-2)製造工程B」と略記することがある);
を含む製造方法(以下、「化合物(I-2)の製造方法B」と称する場合がある)により、製造できる。
Alternatively, compound (I-2) is, for example,
Compound (I-2b) and 1-amino-3-methoxycarbonylbenzene are reacted to obtain a compound represented by the following general formula (I-2c) (hereinafter abbreviated as "compound (I-2c)" (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-2c) manufacturing step”); and
A step of hydrolyzing the ester bond of compound (I-2c) to obtain a compound represented by the following general formula (I-2d) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "compound (I-2d)") ( Hereinafter, it may be abbreviated as “compound (I-2d) manufacturing step”);
A step of reacting compound (I-2d) with compound (I-1a) to obtain compound (I-2) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-2) production step B”) );
It can be produced by a production method comprising
上記反応式中、R121は、上記と同じである。 In the reaction formula above, R 121 is the same as above.
すなわち、上記反応式に示すように、化合物(I-2)の製造方法Aでは、1-アミノ-2-カルボキシベンゼンの代わりに1-アミノ-3-カルボキシベンゼンを、化合物(I-1c)の代わりに化合物(I-1b)を用い、化合物(I-2)の製造方法Bでは、1-アミノ-2-メトキシカルボニルベンゼンの代わりに1-アミノ-3-メトキシカルボニルベンゼンを、化合物(I-1c)の代わりに化合物(I-1b)を用いた以外は、それぞれ化合物(I-1)の製造方法A及び化合物(I-1)の製造方法Bと同じ原料及び同じ方法を用いて、化合物(I-2)を製造することができる。 That is, as shown in the above reaction scheme, in the method A for producing compound (I-2), 1-amino-3-carboxybenzene is used instead of 1-amino-2-carboxybenzene for compound (I-1c). Instead of using compound (I-1b), in production method B of compound (I-2), 1-amino-3-methoxycarbonylbenzene is used instead of 1-amino-2-methoxycarbonylbenzene, compound (I- 1c) was replaced with compound (I-1b), using the same raw materials and the same method as in method A for producing compound (I-1) and method B for producing compound (I-1), respectively, to produce a compound (I-2) can be produced.
(化合物(I-2b))
化合物(I-2b)は、公知のカルボン酸であり、R121は、上記化合物(I-2)におけるR121と同じである。
(Compound (I-2b))
Compound (I-2b) is a known carboxylic acid, and R 121 is the same as R 121 in compound (I-2) above.
化合物(I-2b)は、R121を有する第一級アルコール又はアルデヒドをクロム酸カリウム等で酸化することで得られることもできる。 Compound (I-2b) can also be obtained by oxidizing a primary alcohol or aldehyde having R 121 with potassium chromate or the like.
化合物(I-2)製造方法A及び化合物(I-2)製造方法Bにおいて、反応終了後は、化合物(I-1b)製造工程の場合と同様の方法で、化合物(I-2)を取り出すことができ、取り出した化合物(I-2)をさらに同様の方法で精製してもよい。 In compound (I-2) production method A and compound (I-2) production method B, after completion of the reaction, compound (I-2) is taken out in the same manner as in the compound (I-1b) production step. The compound (I-2) thus isolated may be further purified by a similar method.
化合物(I-2)、化合物(I-2a)、化合物(I-2b)、化合物(I-2c)、化合物(I-2d)等の各化合物は、例えば、核磁気共鳴(NMR)分光法、質量分析法(MS)、赤外分光法(IR)等、公知の手法で構造を確認できる。 Each compound such as compound (I-2), compound (I-2a), compound (I-2b), compound (I-2c), and compound (I-2d) can be obtained by, for example, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy , mass spectroscopy (MS), infrared spectroscopy (IR), and the like can be used to confirm the structure.
<化合物(1-3a)~化合物(1-6b)の製造方法>
上述した化合物(1-3a)及び化合物(1-3b)、化合物(1-4a)及び化合物(1-4b)、化合物(1-5a)及び化合物(1-5b)、並びに、化合物(1-6a)及び化合物(1-6b)は、それぞれ、下記式(I-3c)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-3c)」と略記する場合がある)、下記式(I-4c)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-4c)」と略記する場合がある)、下記式(I-5c)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-5c)」と略記する場合がある)、及び下記式(I-6c)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(I-6c)」と略記する場合がある)を、上記化合物(1-1a)の代わりに用いて、上記製造方法により製造することができる。なお、化合物(I-3c)は国際公開第2001-010894号に記載の方法で製造できる。化合物(I-4c)は、国際公開第2021-226546号に記載の方法で製造できる。化合物(I-5c)は国際公開第2005-066123号に記載の方法で製造できる。化合物(I-6c)は国際公開第2001-040189号に記載の方法で製造できる。
<Method for producing compound (1-3a) to compound (1-6b)>
Compound (1-3a) and compound (1-3b) described above, compound (1-4a) and compound (1-4b), compound (1-5a) and compound (1-5b), and compound (1- 6a) and compound (1-6b) are respectively a compound represented by the following formula (I-3c) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "compound (I-3c)"), the following formula (I-4c ) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "compound (I-4c)"), a compound represented by the following formula (I-5c) (hereinafter abbreviated as "compound (I-5c)" ), and a compound represented by the following formula (I-6c) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “compound (I-6c)”) is used instead of the above compound (1-1a). can be manufactured by the manufacturing method described above. Compound (I-3c) can be produced by the method described in International Publication No. 2001-010894. Compound (I-4c) can be produced by the method described in WO2021-226546. Compound (I-5c) can be produced by the method described in WO2005-066123. Compound (I-6c) can be produced by the method described in WO2001-040189.
≪抗ウイルス性医薬組成物≫
本実施形態の抗ウイルス性医薬組成物は、上述したプロテアーゼ阻害剤と、薬学的に許容可能な担体と、を含有する。
<<Antiviral pharmaceutical composition>>
The antiviral pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment contains the aforementioned protease inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
本実施形態の抗ウイルス性医薬組成物によれば、ウイルスの複製及び増殖を効果的に抑制することができ、ウイルス性感染症への治療効果が期待される。 According to the antiviral pharmaceutical composition of the present embodiment, viral replication and proliferation can be effectively suppressed, and a therapeutic effect on viral infections is expected.
なお、本実施形態の抗ウイルス性医薬組成物は、特に3CLプロテアーゼを有するウイルスによる感染症に対して好ましく使用することができる。このような感染症の原因となるウイルスとしては、例えば、SARS-コロナウイルス-2、SARS-コロナウイルス、ライノウイルス、中東呼吸器症候群コロナウイルス等が挙げられる。 In addition, the antiviral pharmaceutical composition of the present embodiment can be preferably used particularly against infections caused by viruses having 3CL protease. Viruses that cause such infections include, for example, SARS-coronavirus-2, SARS-coronavirus, rhinovirus, Middle East respiratory syndrome coronavirus, and the like.
次に、本実施形態の抗ウイルス性医薬組成物に含まれる構成成分について以下に詳細を説明する。なお、プロテアーゼ阻害剤としては、上記「プロテアーゼ阻害剤」において例示されたものを使用することができる。 Next, the components contained in the antiviral pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment will be described in detail below. As the protease inhibitor, those exemplified in the above "protease inhibitor" can be used.
<薬学的に許容可能な担体>
薬学的に許容される担体としては、通常医薬組成物の製剤に用いられるものを特に制限なく用いることができる。より具体的には、例えば、ゼラチン、コーンスターチ、トラガントガム、アラビアゴム等の結合剤;デンプン、結晶性セルロース等の賦形剤;アルギン酸等の膨化剤;水、エタノール、グリセリン等の注射剤用溶剤;ゴム系粘着剤、シリコーン系粘着剤等の粘着剤等が挙げられる。
<Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier>
As the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, those that are usually used for formulation of pharmaceutical compositions can be used without particular limitation. More specifically, for example, binders such as gelatin, corn starch, tragacanth gum, and gum arabic; excipients such as starch and crystalline cellulose; swelling agents such as alginic acid; solvents for injections such as water, ethanol, and glycerin; Adhesives such as rubber-based adhesives and silicone-based adhesives are included.
<添加剤>
本実施形態の抗ウイルス性医薬組成物は添加剤を含んでいてもよい。添加剤としては、ステアリン酸カルシウム、ステアリン酸マグネシウム等の潤滑剤;ショ糖、乳糖、サッカリン、マルチトール等の甘味剤;ペパーミント、アカモノ油等の香味剤;ベンジルアルコール、フェノール等の安定剤;リン酸塩、酢酸ナトリウム等の緩衝剤;安息香酸ベンジル、ベンジルアルコール等の溶解補助剤;酸化防止剤;防腐剤等が挙げられる。
<Additive>
The antiviral pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment may contain additives. Additives include lubricants such as calcium stearate and magnesium stearate; sweeteners such as sucrose, lactose, saccharin, and maltitol; flavoring agents such as peppermint and red oil; stabilizers such as benzyl alcohol and phenol; buffers such as salts and sodium acetate; solubilizers such as benzyl benzoate and benzyl alcohol; antioxidants; preservatives and the like.
本実施形態の抗ウイルス性医薬組成物は、上記プロテアーゼ阻害剤と、上記薬学的に許容される担体と、必要に応じて添加剤を適宜組み合わせて、一般に認められた製薬実施に要求される単位用量形態で混和することによって製剤化することができる。 The antiviral pharmaceutical composition of the present embodiment is prepared by appropriately combining the protease inhibitor, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and, if necessary, additives, and the generally accepted unit required for pharmaceutical practice. It can be formulated by blending in dosage forms.
本実施形態の抗ウイルス性医薬組成物は、上記プロテアーゼ阻害剤以外の抗ウイルス活性を有する治療薬及び他の疾患の治療薬からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つと組合せて、使用してもよい。上記プロテアーゼ阻害剤と他の薬剤とは、同一の製剤にしてもよいし、別々の製剤にしてもよい。また、各製剤は、同一の投与経路で投与してもよいし、別々の投与経路で投与してもよい。更に、各製剤は、同時に投与してもよいし、逐次的に投与してもよいし、一定の時間乃至期間を空けて別々に投与してもよい。一実施態様において、上記プロテアーゼ阻害剤と他の薬剤とは、これらを包含するキットとしてもよい。 The antiviral pharmaceutical composition of the present embodiment may be used in combination with at least one selected from the group consisting of therapeutic agents having antiviral activity other than the protease inhibitors and therapeutic agents for other diseases. . The protease inhibitor and other drug may be formulated in the same formulation or in separate formulations. In addition, each formulation may be administered via the same administration route or via separate administration routes. Furthermore, each formulation may be administered simultaneously, sequentially, or separately with a certain time or period of time between them. In one embodiment, the protease inhibitor and other drug may be provided as a kit containing them.
<剤型>
本実施形態の抗ウイルス性医薬組成物は、経口的に使用される剤型であってもよく、非経口的に使用される剤型であってもよい。経口的に使用される剤型としては、例えば錠剤、カプセル剤、エリキシル剤、マイクロカプセル剤等が挙げられる。非経口的に使用される剤型としては例えば注射剤、軟膏剤、貼付剤等が挙げられる。
<Dosage form>
The antiviral pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment may be in a dosage form for oral use or may be in a dosage form for parenteral use. Dosage forms for oral use include, for example, tablets, capsules, elixirs, microcapsules and the like. Dosage forms for parenteral use include, for example, injections, ointments, patches and the like.
<投与方法>
投与する対象としては、限定されるものではないが、例えば、ヒト、サル、イヌ、ウシ、ウマ、ヒツジ、ブタ、ウサギ、マウス、ラット、モルモット、ハムスター、及びそれらの細胞等が挙げられる。中でも、哺乳動物又は哺乳動物細胞が好ましく、ヒト又はヒト細胞が特に好ましい。
<Administration method>
Subjects to be administered include, but are not limited to, humans, monkeys, dogs, cows, horses, sheep, pigs, rabbits, mice, rats, guinea pigs, hamsters, and cells thereof. Among them, mammals or mammalian cells are preferred, and humans or human cells are particularly preferred.
投与経路としては、例えば、動脈内注射、静脈内注射、及び皮下注射による投与;鼻腔内的、経気管支的、筋内的、経皮的、及び経口的投与等の当業者に公知の方法により行い得る。 Administration routes include, for example, intraarterial injection, intravenous injection, and subcutaneous injection; intranasal, transbronchial, intramuscular, transdermal, and oral administration; can do
本実施形態の抗ウイルス性医薬組成物の投与量は、化合物(I)の種類、投与対象の症状、投与部位、投与方法等により変動する。当業者であれば適当な投与量を適宜選択することが可能である。 The dosage of the antiviral pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment varies depending on the type of compound (I), the symptoms of the subject of administration, the site of administration, the method of administration, and the like. A person skilled in the art can appropriately select an appropriate dosage.
本実施形態の抗ウイルス性医薬組成物の投与は、単回投与でもよく、複数回投与であってもよい。複数回投与である場合は、例えば、2時間以上12時間以下の時間毎、毎日、又は2日、5日、1週間、1.5週間、数週間、1か月若しくは数か月に1回等の頻度で投与することができる。 The administration of the antiviral pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment may be a single administration or multiple administrations. In the case of multiple administration, for example, every 2 hours or more and 12 hours or less, every day, or once every 2 days, 5 days, 1 week, 1.5 weeks, several weeks, 1 month or several months etc. can be administered.
≪その他の実施形態≫
一実施形態において、本開示は、化合物(I)の有効量を、治療を必要とする患者又は患畜に投与することを含む、ウイルス性感染症の予防方法、治療方法、又は進行抑制方法を提供する。ここで、化合物(I)としては、上述したものと同様のものが挙げられる。また、ウイルス性感染症の原因ウイルスとしては、上述したものと同様のものが挙げられる。
<<Other Embodiments>>
In one embodiment, the present disclosure provides a method for preventing, treating, or suppressing progression of viral infections, comprising administering an effective amount of compound (I) to a patient or patient in need of treatment. do. Here, as the compound (I), those similar to those described above can be mentioned. In addition, the causative viruses of viral infections include those mentioned above.
一実施形態において、本開示は、ウイルス性感染症の予防、治療、又は進行抑制のための、化合物(I)を提供する。ここで、化合物(I)としては、上述したものと同様のものが挙げられる。また、ウイルス性感染症の原因ウイルスとしては、上述したものと同様のものが挙げられる。 In one embodiment, the present disclosure provides compound (I) for prevention, treatment, or inhibition of progression of viral infections. Here, as the compound (I), those similar to those described above can be mentioned. In addition, the causative viruses of viral infections include those mentioned above.
一実施形態において、本開示は、プロテアーゼ阻害剤又は抗ウイルス性医薬組成物を製造するための化合物(I)の使用を提供する。ここで、化合物(I)としては、上述したものと同様のものが挙げられる。また、ウイルス性感染症の原因ウイルスとしては、上述したものと同様のものが挙げられる。 In one embodiment, the present disclosure provides use of compound (I) for manufacturing a protease inhibitor or antiviral pharmaceutical composition. Here, as the compound (I), those similar to those described above can be mentioned. In addition, the causative viruses of viral infections include those mentioned above.
以下、実施例により本開示を説明するが、本開示は以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。 Although the present disclosure will be described below with reference to examples, the present disclosure is not limited to the following examples.
なお、以下においては、例えば、「一般式(I)で表される化合物」を「化合物(I)」と称する等、各化合物に付している符号を用いて、その化合物の名称を確定した。 In the following, for example, "compound represented by general formula (I)" is referred to as "compound (I)". .
[製造例1-1]
(化合物(I-1-5)の製造)
1.化合物(13)の製造
以下に示す経路で、化合物(13)を製造した。
[Production Example 1-1]
(Production of compound (I-1-5))
1. Production of Compound (13) Compound (13) was produced through the route shown below.
DMF(100mL)に予め化合物(12)(30.0g、73.0mmol)および化合物(2)(10.0g、73.0mmol)を溶解した溶液に、DIEA(28.3g、219mmol、38.0mL)、EDCI(21.0g、109mmol)及びHOBt(15g、109mmol)を添加した。混合物を25℃で16時間撹拌した。反応混合物をEtOAc(400mL)で希釈し、水(100mL×3)で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、濃縮して、減圧下で濃縮して残留物を得た。これをカラムクロマトグラフィー(SiO2、CH2Cl2/MeOH=1/0→10/1(容量比))によって精製して、化合物(13)(17.0g、収率43質量%)を淡黄色の固体として得た。 DIEA (28.3 g, 219 mmol, 38.0 mL) was added to a solution of compound (12) (30.0 g, 73.0 mmol) and compound (2) (10.0 g, 73.0 mmol) dissolved in DMF (100 mL) in advance. ), EDCI (21.0 g, 109 mmol) and HOBt (15 g, 109 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (400 mL), washed with water (100 mL x 3), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. This was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=1/0→10/1 (volume ratio)) to obtain compound (13) (17.0 g, yield 43% by mass). Obtained as a yellow solid.
化合物(13)の1H-NMR及びLCMSの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.07-8.13 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.34 (m, 9H), 7.16-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.13 (m, 6H), 6.57-6.67 (m, 3H), 5.60 (br s, 1H), 5.27-5.31 (m, 1H), 4.87-4.96 (m, 1H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.05-3.17 (m, 2H).
The measurement results of 1 H-NMR and LCMS of compound (13) are shown below.
1 H-NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.07-8.13 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.34 (m, 9H), 7.16- 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.13 (m, 6H), 6.57-6.67 (m, 3H), 5.60 (br s, 1H), 5.27-5.31 (m, 1H), 4.87-4.96 (m, 1H) , 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.05-3.17 (m, 2H).
次いで、以下に示す経路で、化合物(13)から、化合物(I-1-5)を製造した。 Then, compound (I-1-5) was produced from compound (13) by the route shown below.
2.化合物(29)の製造
DMF(10mL)に予め化合物(13)(1.00g、1.88mmol)及び化合物(28)(698mg、3,77mmol)を溶解した溶液に、HATU(1.43g、3.77mmol)及びDIEA(730mg、5.65mmol)を加えた。 混合物を25℃で10時間撹拌した。反応混合物をEtOAc(50mL)で抽出し、水(30mL×3)で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、減圧下で濃縮して、残留物を得た。これをカラムクロマトグラフィー(SiO2、CH2Cl2/MeOH=1/0→10/1)で精製して、化合物(29)(1.03g、収率77質量%)を得た。
2. Preparation of compound (29) HATU (1.43 g, 3 .77 mmol) and DIEA (730 mg, 5.65 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 10 hours. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with water (30 mL x 3), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. This was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=1/0→10/1) to obtain compound (29) (1.03 g, yield 77% by mass).
化合物(29)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR: (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.56 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.31 (m, 9H), 7.05-7.14 (m, 7H), 6.72-6.76 (m, 1H), 4.89-4.90 (m, 1H), 3.91 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.16-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.01-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.04 (s, 1H), 1.91-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.79 (m, 3H), 1.21-1.44 (m, 5H).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (29) are shown below.
1 H-NMR: (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.56 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.41 (m, 1H) , 7.24-7.31 (m, 9H), 7.05-7.14 (m, 7H), 6.72-6.76 (m, 1H), 4.89-4.90 (m, 1H), 3.91 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.16-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.01-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.04 (s, 1H), 1.91-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.65 -1.79 (m, 3H), 1.21-1.44 (m, 5H).
3.化合物(I-1-5)の製造
上記化合物(29)(101mg、0.14mmol)を用いて、製造例1-1の「6.化合物(10)の製造(アルコール化工程)」、「7.化合物(11)の製造(脱トリチル基工程)」、及び「8.化合物(I-1-1)の製造(アルデヒド化工程)」と同様の方法を用いて、化合物(29)のメトキシカルボニル基をヒドロキシメチル基に変換し、トリチル基の脱保護を行った後、前記ヒドロキシメチル基をアルデヒド基に変換して、化合物(I-1-5)(12.9mg、0.030mmol、収率30質量%)を得た。
3. Production of compound (I-1-5) Using the above compound (29) (101 mg, 0.14 mmol), "6. Production of compound (10) (alcoholization step)", "7 Production of compound (11) (detritylation step)” and “8. After converting the group to a hydroxymethyl group and deprotecting the trityl group, the hydroxymethyl group was converted to an aldehyde group to give compound (I-1-5) (12.9 mg, 0.030 mmol, yield 30% by mass) was obtained.
化合物(I-1-5)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 1.20-1.41 (3H, m), 1.41-1.51 (2H, m), 1.66-1.77 (1H, m), 1.77-1.88 (2H, m), 1.95-2.04 (2H, m), 2.37 (1H, J = 11.5, 3.4 Hz, tt), 2.84-2.97 (1H, m), 3.05 (1H, J = 15.1, 9.6, 4.2 Hz, ddd), 3.94 (2H, s), 4.30-4.43 (1H, m), 4.66 (1H, J = 11.9, 4.2 Hz, dd), 6.84 (1H, J = 5.2 Hz, d), 7.09-7.19 (1H, m), 7.40-7.50 (1H, m), 7.56 (1H, s), 7.60 (1H, J = 7.8 Hz, d), 8.33-8.41 (1H, m).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (I-1-5) are shown below.
1 H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 1.20-1.41 (3H, m), 1.41-1.51 (2H, m), 1.66-1.77 (1H, m), 1.77-1.88 (2H, m) , 1.95-2.04 (2H, m), 2.37 (1H, J = 11.5, 3.4 Hz, tt), 2.84-2.97 (1H, m), 3.05 (1H, J = 15.1, 9.6, 4.2 Hz, ddd), 3.94 (2H, s), 4.30-4.43 (1H, m), 4.66 (1H, J = 11.9, 4.2 Hz, dd), 6.84 (1H, J = 5.2 Hz, d), 7.09-7.19 (1H, m), 7.40-7.50 (1H, m), 7.56 (1H, s), 7.60 (1H, J = 7.8 Hz, d), 8.33-8.41 (1H, m).
[製造例1-2]
(化合物(I-1-1)の製造)
以下に示す経路で、化合物(I)として、化合物(I-1-1)を製造した。なお、以下の式中、Trtはトリチル基を示す。
[Production Example 1-2]
(Production of compound (I-1-1))
Compound (I-1-1) was produced as compound (I) by the route shown below. In the formulas below, Trt represents a trityl group.
1.化合物(3)の製造
DMF(100mL)に予め化合物(1)(7.00g、37.0mmol)を溶解した溶液に、1-[ビス(ジメチルアミノ)メチレン]-1H-1,2,3-トリアゾロ(4,5-b)ピリジニウム3-オキシドヘキサフルオロホスファート(HATU)(16.9g、44.4mmol)、N,N-ジイソプロピルエチルアミン(DIEA)(12.0g、92.5mmol)、及び化合物(2)(1-アミノ-2-メトキシカルボニルベンゼン)(5.59g、37.0mmol)を加え、混合物を40℃で40時間撹拌した。薄層クロマトグラフィー(TLC)(石油/酢酸エチル(EtOAc)=3/1(容量比)、Rf=0.6、UV)により、生成物を確認した。混合物をEtOAc(500mL)で希釈し、水(400mL×3)及び塩水(400mL)で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、濃縮して、黄色の油を得た。これをカラムクロマトグラフィー(SiO2、石油/EtOAc=1/0→3/1(容量比))によって精製して、化合物(3)(8.80g、収率73質量%)を得た。
1. Preparation of compound (3) 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3- triazolo(4,5-b)pyridinium 3-oxide hexafluorophosphate (HATU) (16.9 g, 44.4 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA) (12.0 g, 92.5 mmol), and compound (2) (1-amino-2-methoxycarbonylbenzene) (5.59 g, 37.0 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 40 hours. The product was confirmed by thin layer chromatography (TLC) (petroleum/ethyl acetate (EtOAc) = 3/1 (v/v), Rf = 0.6, UV). The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (500 mL), washed with water (400 mL x 3) and brine (400 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a yellow oil. This was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , petroleum/EtOAc=1/0→3/1 (volume ratio)) to obtain compound (3) (8.80 g, yield 73% by mass).
化合物(3)の液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LCMS)の測定結果を以下に示す。
LCMS: m/z=267.0 (M-56+H)+
The measurement results of liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LCMS) of compound (3) are shown below.
LCMS: m/z=267.0 (M-56+H) +
2.化合物(4)の製造
CH2Cl2(25mL)に予め化合物(3)(5.00g、15.5mmol)を溶解した溶液にHCl/ジオキサン(4M、25mL)を加え、次に混合物を20℃で1時間撹拌した。混合物は徐々に白色の懸濁液になった。TLC(石油/酢酸エチル(EtOAc)=3/1(容量比)、Rf=0.05、UV)により、反応が完了したことを確認した。懸濁液を濾過し、フィルターケーキを真空で乾燥させて、化合物(4)(4.00g、収率99質量%、HCl)を得た。
2. Preparation of compound (4) To a pre-dissolved solution of compound (3) (5.00 g, 15.5 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (25 mL) was added HCl/dioxane (4 M, 25 mL), then the mixture was heated to 20°C. and stirred for 1 hour. The mixture gradually turned into a white suspension. TLC (petroleum/ethyl acetate (EtOAc) = 3/1 (v/v), Rf = 0.05, UV) confirmed the completion of the reaction. The suspension was filtered and the filter cake was dried in vacuum to give compound (4) (4.00 g, 99% yield, HCl).
3.化合物(6)の製造
DMF(60mL)に予め化合物(4)(4.00g、15.5mmol、HCl)及び化合物(5)(2.17g、15.5mmol)を溶解した溶液に、1-ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾール(HOBt)(3.13g、23.2mmol)、1-(3-ジメチルアミノプロピル)-3-エチルカルボジイミド(EDCI)(4.45g、23.2mmol)及びDIEA(7.99g、61.8mmol)を加えた。次いで、混合物を20℃で16時間撹拌した。LCMS(EB3308-3-P1A)により、生成物のMSシグナル、m/z=345.0(M+H)+を確認した。混合物をEtOAc(300mL)で希釈し、水(200mL×3)及び塩水(200mL)で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、濃縮して、黄色の固体を得た。固体を石油/EtOAc(5/1(容量比)、50mL)で粉砕することにより精製して、化合物(6)(3.32g、収率62質量%)を得た。
3. Preparation of compound (6) Compound (4) (4.00 g, 15.5 mmol, HCl) and compound (5) (2.17 g, 15.5 mmol) were previously dissolved in DMF (60 mL). Benzotriazole (HOBt) (3.13 g, 23.2 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (4.45 g, 23.2 mmol) and DIEA (7.99 g, 61.2 mmol). 8 mmol) was added. The mixture was then stirred at 20° C. for 16 hours. LCMS (EB3308-3-P1A) confirmed the MS signal of the product, m/z=345.0 (M+H) + . The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (300 mL), washed with water (200 mL x 3) and brine (200 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a yellow solid. The solid was purified by trituration with petroleum/EtOAc (5/1 v/v, 50 mL) to give compound (6) (3.32 g, 62 wt% yield).
化合物(6)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 11.55 (br s, 1H), 8.68 (dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (dd, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.10-7.16 (m, 1H), 6.97 (br d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.84-4.93 (m, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 1.64 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (6) are shown below.
1 H-NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 11.55 (br s, 1H), 8.68 (dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (dd, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.6 Hz, 1H) , 7.60-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.10-7.16 (m, 1H), 6.97 (br d , J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.84-4.93 (m, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 1.64 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4.化合物(7)の製造
テトラヒドロフラン(THF)(20mL)に化合物(6)(3.32g、9.64mmol)を溶解した溶液に、水酸化リチウム一水和物(1.21g、28.9mmol)及び水(20mL)を加え、混合物を20℃で1時間撹拌した。LCMS(EB3308-3-P1A)により、生成物のMSシグナル、m/z=331.0(M+H)+を確認した。混合物を濃縮してTHFを除去し、残留物を1N HClでpH4に調整した。次に、EtOAc(50mL×2)で抽出した。2回分のEtOAc相を混ぜ合わせた後、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、濃縮して、化合物(7)(3.18g、収率100質量%)を得た。
4. Preparation of compound (7) Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (1.21 g, 28.9 mmol) and Water (20 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 hour. LCMS (EB3308-3-P1A) confirmed the MS signal of the product, m/z=331.0 (M+H) + . The mixture was concentrated to remove THF and the residue was adjusted to pH 4 with 1N HCl. Then extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 2). After combining the two EtOAc phases, it was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give compound (7) (3.18 g, 100 wt% yield).
化合物(7)のLCMSの測定結果を以下に示す。
LCMS: m/z=331.0 (M+H)+
The LCMS measurement results of compound (7) are shown below.
LCMS: m/z=331.0 (M+H) +
5.化合物(9)の製造
DMF(50mL)に予め化合物(7)(3.18g、9.64mmol)及び化合物(8)(4.32g、9.64mmol、HCl)を溶解した溶液に、HATU(5.50g、14.5mmol)及びDIEA(3.74g、28.9mmol)を加えた。次に、混合物を20℃で16時間撹拌した。TLC(石油/EtOAc=1/1(容量比)、Rf=0.2、UV)により原料が消費され、反応生成物が生成したことを確認した。混合物をEtOAc(300mL)で希釈し、水(200mL×3)及び塩水(200mL)で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、濃縮して、黄色の固体を得た。固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(SiO2、石油/EtOAc=3/1→0/1(容量比))で精製して、生成物を白色固体として得た。この白色固体をprep-SFC(カラム:REGIS(S、S)WHELK-O1(250mm×25mm、10μm);移動相:[0.1質量%水酸化アンモニウム含有エタノール];B%:50%-50%、分)でさらに精製して、化合物(9)(1.25g、収率17質量%)を白色固体として得た。
5. Preparation of compound (9) HATU (5 .50 g, 14.5 mmol) and DIEA (3.74 g, 28.9 mmol) were added. The mixture was then stirred at 20° C. for 16 hours. It was confirmed by TLC (petroleum/EtOAc=1/1 (volume ratio), Rf=0.2, UV) that the raw material was consumed and the reaction product was formed. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (300 mL), washed with water (200 mL x 3) and brine (200 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a yellow solid. The solid was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , petroleum/EtOAc=3/1→0/1 (v/v)) to give the product as a white solid. This white solid was subjected to prep-SFC (column: REGIS (S, S) WHELK-O1 (250 mm × 25 mm, 10 μm); mobile phase: [ethanol containing 0.1% by mass ammonium hydroxide]; B%: 50%-50 %, min) to give compound (9) (1.25 g, 17 wt % yield) as a white solid.
化合物(9)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR: EB3308-5-P1HN (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.55 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dt, J = 10.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (dd, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.32 (m, 10H), 7.10-7.16 (m, 1H), 7.03-7.09 (m, 6H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 4.68-4.75 (m, 1H), 4.57 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 3.11 (dd, J = 14.8 Hz, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.95 (dd, J = 14.8 Hz, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.53 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (9) are shown below.
1 H-NMR: EB3308-5-P1HN (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.55 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dt, J = 10.0 Hz , 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (dd, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.32 (m, 10H), 7.10 -7.16 (m, 1H), 7.03-7.09 (m, 6H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 4.68-4.75 (m, 1H), 4.57 (q, J = 7.2Hz, 1H), 3.58 (s, 3H) ), 3.11 (dd, J = 14.8 Hz, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.95 (dd, J = 14.8 Hz, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.53 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
6.化合物(I-1-1)の製造
化合物(29)から化合物(I-1-5)を製造するのと同様の方法で化合物(9)から化合物(I-1-1)を得た。
6. Preparation of compound (I-1-1) Compound (I-1-1) was obtained from compound (9) in the same manner as in the preparation of compound (I-1-5) from compound (29).
化合物(I-1-1)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 1.56 (3H, J = 7.3 Hz, d), 2.75-3.05 (2H, m), 4.17-4.33 (1H, m), 4.51-4.71 (2H, m), 6.81 (1H, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (1H, J = 7.6, 1.0 Hz, td), 7.24-7.36 (1H, m), 7.40-7.64 (4H, m), 7.70-7.86 (2H, m), 8.32-8.46 (1H, m).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (I-1-1) are shown below.
1H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 1.56 (3H, J = 7.3 Hz, d), 2.75-3.05 (2H, m), 4.17-4.33 (1H, m), 4.51-4.71 (2H, m), 6.81 (1H, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (1H, J = 7.6, 1.0 Hz, td), 7.24-7.36 (1H, m), 7.40-7.64 (4H, m), 7.70-7.86 (2H, m), 8.32-8.46 (1H, m).
[製造例1-3]
(化合物(I-1-2)の製造)
以下に示す経路で、化合物(I)として、化合物(I-1-2)を製造した。
[Production Example 1-3]
(Production of compound (I-1-2))
Compound (I-1-2) was produced as compound (I) by the route shown below.
1.化合物(15)の製造
DMF(15mL)に予め化合物(13)(2.00g、3.77mmol)及び化合物(14)(1.60g、7.54mmol)を溶解した溶液に、HATU(2.87g、7.54mmol)及びDIEA(1.46g、11.3mmol)を加えた。混合物を25℃で10時間撹拌した。反応混合物をEtOAc(75mL)で希釈し、水(30mL×3)で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、減圧下で濃縮して残留物を得た。これをカラムクロマトグラフィー(SiO2、CH2Cl2/MeOH=10/0→10/1(容量比))によって精製して、化合物(15)(2.07g、収率75.0質量%)を得た。
1. Preparation of compound (15) HATU (2.87 g) was dissolved in DMF (15 mL) in advance with compound (13) (2.00 g, 3.77 mmol) and compound (14) (1.60 g, 7.54 mmol). , 7.54 mmol) and DIEA (1.46 g, 11.3 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 10 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (75 mL), washed with water (30 mL x 3), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. This was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=10/0→10/1 (volume ratio)) to give compound (15) (2.07 g, yield 75.0% by mass). got
化合物(15)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR: (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.34 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.31 (m, 17 H), 7.17-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.12 (m, 1H), 7.03-7.07 (m, 6H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 4.77 (dd, J = 9.6 Hz, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.11-3.18 (m, 1H), 3.00 (dd, J = 14.8 Hz, 9.6 Hz, 1H).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (15) are shown below.
1 H-NMR: (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.34 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.31 (m, 17H), 7.17-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.12 (m, 1H), 7.03-7.07 (m, 6H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 4.77 (dd, J = 9.6Hz, 4.8Hz, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.11-3.18 (m, 1H), 3.00 (dd, J = 14.8Hz, 9.6Hz, 1H).
3.化合物(I-1-2)の製造
化合物(29)から化合物(I-1-5)を製造するのと同様の方法で上記化合物(15)から化合物(I-1-2)を得た。
3. Preparation of compound (I-1-2) Compound (I-1-2) was obtained from compound (15) in the same manner as in the preparation of compound (I-1-5) from compound (29).
化合物(I-1-2)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 2.78-2.91 (1H, m), 3.00 (1H, J = 14.8, 11.2, 4.4 Hz, ddd), 3.67 (2H, s), 4.20-4.32 (1H, m), 4.55-4.62 (1H, m), 6.81 (1H, J = 5.7 Hz, d), 7.05-7.14 (1H, m), 7.20-7.32 (5H, m), 7.32-7.42 (5H, m), 7.46-7.54 (2H, m), 8.14 (1H, J = 18.7, 8.4 Hz, dd).
The 1 H-NMR measurement results of compound (I-1-2) are shown below.
1 H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 2.78-2.91 (1H, m), 3.00 (1H, J = 14.8, 11.2, 4.4 Hz, ddd), 3.67 (2H, s), 4.20-4.32 (1H, m), 4.55-4.62 (1H, m), 6.81 (1H, J = 5.7 Hz, d), 7.05-7.14 (1H, m), 7.20-7.32 (5H, m), 7.32-7.42 (5H , m), 7.46-7.54 (2H, m), 8.14 (1H, J = 18.7, 8.4 Hz, dd).
[製造例1-4]
(化合物(I-1-3)の製造)
以下に示す経路で、化合物(I)として、化合物(I-1-3)を製造した。
[Production Example 1-4]
(Production of compound (I-1-3))
Compound (I-1-3) was produced as compound (I) by the route shown below.
1.化合物(19)の製造
DMF(10mL)に予め化合物(13)(2.00g、3.77mmol)及び化合物(18)(1.55g、7.54mmol)を溶解した溶液に、HATU(2.87g、7.54mmol)及びDIEA(1.46g、11.3mmol)を加えた。混合物を25℃で10時間撹拌した。反応混合物をEtOAc(75mL)で希釈し、水(30mL×3)で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、減圧下で濃縮して残留物を得た。これをカラムクロマトグラフィー(SiO2、CH2Cl2/MeOH=10/0→10/1(容量比))によって精製して、化合物(19)(1.90g、2.51mmol)を得た。
1. Preparation of compound (19) HATU (2.87 g) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL) in advance with compound (13) (2.00 g, 3.77 mmol) and compound (18) (1.55 g, 7.54 mmol). , 7.54 mmol) and DIEA (1.46 g, 11.3 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 10 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (75 mL), washed with water (30 mL x 3), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. This was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=10/0→10/1 (volume ratio)) to obtain compound (19) (1.90 g, 2.51 mmol).
化合物(19)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR: EB2953-14-P1Z2 (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.38 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J = 7.6 Hz, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.43-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.29 (m, 9H), 7.09-7.18 (m, 4H), 7.03-7.06 (m, 6H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 4.89-4.92 (m, 1H), 3.81 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.57 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.17-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.37 (td, J = 9.2 Hz, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.14-2.25 (m, 1H), 1.71-1.84 (m, 3H).
The 1 H-NMR measurement results of compound (19) are shown below.
1 H-NMR: EB2953-14-P1Z2 (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.38 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J = 7.6 Hz, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.43-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.29 (m, 9H), 7.09-7.18 (m, 4H), 7.03-7.06 (m, 6H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 4.89-4.92 ( m, 1H), 3.81 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.57 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.17-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.12 (m , 2H), 2.37 (td, J = 9.2 Hz, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.14-2.25 (m, 1H), 1.71-1.84 (m, 3H).
2.化合物(I-1-3)の製造
化合物(29)から化合物(I-1-5)を製造するのと同様の方法で上記化合物(19)から化合物(I-1-3)を得た。
2. Preparation of compound (I-1-3) Compound (I-1-3) was obtained from compound (19) in the same manner as in the preparation of compound (I-1-5) from compound (29).
化合物(I-1-3)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 1.71-1.95 (3H, m), 2.17-2.30 (1H, m), 2.39-2.51 (1H, m), 2.85-2.99 (1H, m), 3.01-3.12 (1H, m), 3.15-3.25 (2H, m), 3.63-3.74 (1H, m), 3.76-3.87 (1H, m), 4.37-4.51 (1H, m), 4.62-4.68 (1H, m), 6.81-6.88 (1H, m), 7.05-7.31 (4H, m), 7.34-7.48 (3H, m), 7.48-7.58 (2H, m), 8.12-8.22 (1H, m).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (I-1-3) are shown below.
1 H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 1.71-1.95 (3H, m), 2.17-2.30 (1H, m), 2.39-2.51 (1H, m), 2.85-2.99 (1H, m) , 3.01-3.12 (1H, m), 3.15-3.25 (2H, m), 3.63-3.74 (1H, m), 3.76-3.87 (1H, m), 4.37-4.51 (1H, m), 4.62-4.68 ( 1H, m), 6.81-6.88 (1H, m), 7.05-7.31 (4H, m), 7.34-7.48 (3H, m), 7.48-7.58 (2H, m), 8.12-8.22 (1H, m).
[製造例1-5]
(化合物(I-1-4)の製造)
以下に示す経路で、化合物(I)として、化合物(I-1-4)を製造した。
[Production Example 1-5]
(Production of compound (I-1-4))
Compound (I-1-4) was produced as compound (I) by the route shown below.
1.化合物(23)の製造
THF(10mL)に予め化合物(13)(2.00g、3.77mmol)を溶解した溶液に、0℃で炭酸水素ナトリウム(317mg、3.77mmol)及び化合物(22)(1.28g、11.3mmol)を加えた。次に、混合物を25℃で1時間撹拌した。TLC(CH2Cl2/MeOH=10/1(容量比)、Rf=0.6)により、反応が完了したことを確認した。反応混合物を水(20mL)で希釈し、EtOAc(20mL×3)で抽出した。EtOAc相を混ぜ合わせた後、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、減圧下で濃縮して、化合物(23)(2.19g、収率91質量%)を得た。
1. Preparation of compound (23) Sodium hydrogen carbonate (317 mg, 3.77 mmol) and compound (22) ( 1.28 g, 11.3 mmol) was added. The mixture was then stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. TLC (CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=10/1 (v/v), Rf=0.6) confirmed the completion of the reaction. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 3). The EtOAc phases were combined, then dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound (23) (2.19 g, 91 wt% yield).
化合物(23)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 11.99-12.03 (m, 1H), 8.54-8.61 (m, 2H), 7.69-7.74 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.31 (m, 9H), 7.07-7.12 (m, 1H), 7.01-7.06 (m, 6H), 6.56 (s, 1H), 4.91-4.96 (m, 1H), 4.09-4.11 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.60 (m, 3H), 3.04-3.18 (m, 2H).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (23) are shown below.
1 H-NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 11.99-12.03 (m, 1H), 8.54-8.61 (m, 2H), 7.69-7.74 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.26 -7.31 (m, 9H), 7.07-7.12 (m, 1H), 7.01-7.06 (m, 6H), 6.56 (s, 1H), 4.91-4.96 (m, 1H), 4.09-4.11 (m, 2H) , 3.57-3.60 (m, 3H), 3.04-3.18 (m, 2H).
2.化合物(25)の製造
アセトニトリル(20mL)中に予め化合物(23)(2.19g、3.61mmol)を溶解した溶液に、炭酸カリウム(1.50g、10.82mmol)及び化合物(24)(358mg、3.61mmol)を加えた。混合物を80℃で2時間撹拌した。TLC(CH2Cl2/MeOH=10/1(容量比)、Rf=0.53)により、原料が完全に消費され、反応生成物が生成したことを確認した。混合物を水(20mL)で希釈し、EtOAc30mL(10mL×3)で抽出した。EtOAc相を混ぜ合わせた後、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、減圧下で濃縮して、残留物を得た。これをカラムクロマトグラフィー(SiO2、CH2Cl2/MeOH=100/0→30/1(容量比))によって精製して、化合物(25)(1.31g、収率52質量%)を得た。
2. Preparation of compound (25) Potassium carbonate (1.50 g, 10.82 mmol) and compound (24) (358 mg) were added to a pre-dissolved solution of compound (23) (2.19 g, 3.61 mmol) in acetonitrile (20 mL). , 3.61 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hours. It was confirmed by TLC (CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=10/1 (volume ratio), Rf=0.53) that the raw materials were completely consumed and the reaction product was produced. The mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with 30 mL of EtOAc (10 mL x 3). After combining the EtOAc phases, they were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. This was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=100/0→30/1 (volume ratio)) to obtain compound (25) (1.31 g, yield 52% by mass). rice field.
化合物(25)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR: (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ12.01 (br s, 1H), 8.54 (br d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.36 (m, 9H), 7.03-7.16 (m, 8H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 4.94 (dt, J = 7.6 Hz, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (br d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.06-3.20 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.81 (m, 1H), 1.98-2.11 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.87 (m, 6H), 1.20-1.45 (m, 5H).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (25) are shown below.
1 H-NMR: (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ12.01 (br s, 1H), 8.54 (br d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.2 Hz, 1H) , 7.44-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.36 (m, 9H), 7.03-7.16 (m, 8H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 4.94 (dt , J = 7.6 Hz, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (br d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.06-3.20 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.81 (m, 1H), 1.98-2.11 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.87 (m, 6H), 1.20-1.45 (m, 5H).
3.化合物(I-1-4)の製造
化合物(29)から化合物(I-1-5)を製造するのと同様の方法で上記化合物(25)から化合物(I-1-4)を得た。
3. Preparation of compound (I-1-4) Compound (I-1-4) was obtained from compound (25) in the same manner as in the preparation of compound (I-1-5) from compound (29).
化合物(I-1-4)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 1.10-1.35 (5H, m), 1.56-1.65 (1H, m), 1.70-1.79 (2H, m), 1.87-1.98 (2H, m), 2.37-2.47 (1H, m), 2.85-2.96 (1H, m), 3.06 (1H, J = 15.1, 12.0, 4.5 Hz, ddd), 3.33-3.43 (2H, m), 4.33-4.43 (1H, m), 4.66 (1H, J = 9.6, 4.0 Hz, dd), 6.86 (1H, J = 3.5 Hz, d), 7.08-7.17 (1H, m), 7.40-7.47 (1H, m), 7.48-7.54 (1H, m), 7.56 (1H, J = 0.7 Hz, d), 8.32 (1H, J = 17.6, 8.1 Hz, dd).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (I-1-4) are shown below.
1 H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 1.10-1.35 (5H, m), 1.56-1.65 (1H, m), 1.70-1.79 (2H, m), 1.87-1.98 (2H, m) , 2.37-2.47 (1H, m), 2.85-2.96 (1H, m), 3.06 (1H, J = 15.1, 12.0, 4.5 Hz, ddd), 3.33-3.43 (2H, m), 4.33-4.43 (1H, m), 4.66 (1H, J = 9.6, 4.0 Hz, dd), 6.86 (1H, J = 3.5 Hz, d), 7.08-7.17 (1H, m), 7.40-7.47 (1H, m), 7.48-7.54 (1H, m), 7.56 (1H, J = 0.7 Hz, d), 8.32 (1H, J = 17.6, 8.1 Hz, dd).
[製造例1-6]
(化合物(I-1-6)の製造)
以下に示す経路で、化合物(I)として、化合物(I-1-6)を製造した。
[Production Example 1-6]
(Production of compound (I-1-6))
Compound (I-1-6) was produced as compound (I) by the route shown below.
1.化合物(33)の製造
DMF(10mL)に予め化合物(13)(3.00g、5.65mmol)及び化合物(32)(11.1g、45.2mmol)を溶解した溶液に、EDCI(16.3g、84.8mmol)を加えた。混合物を25℃で3時間撹拌した。反応混合物をEtOAc(150mL)で希釈し、水(300mL×2)で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、減圧下で濃縮して残留物を得た。これを高速液体カラムクロマトグラフィー(C18、水(0.05w/v%水酸化アンモニウム+10mM炭酸アンモニウム)/アセトニトリル=45/55→95/5(容量比))によって精製して、化合物(33)(1.15g、1.47mmol)を得た。
1. Preparation of compound (33) EDCI (16.3 g , 84.8 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (150 mL), washed with water (300 mL x 2), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. This was purified by high-performance liquid column chromatography (C18, water (0.05 w/v% ammonium hydroxide + 10 mM ammonium carbonate)/acetonitrile = 45/55 → 95/5 (volume ratio)) to give compound (33) ( 1.15 g, 1.47 mmol).
化合物(33)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR: δ 8.27-8.32 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.30 (m, 3H), 7.16-7.23 (m, 7H), 7.08-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.97-7.03 (m, 6H), 6.71-6.75 (m, 1H), 6.31-6.35 (m, 1H), 4.96 (dd, J = 10.0 Hz, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 3.80-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.55-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.25 (m, 2H), 3.03-3.15 (m, 2H), 2.39-2.51 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.25 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.88 (m, 3H).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (33) are shown below.
1 H-NMR: δ 8.27-8.32 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.30 (m, 3H) , 7.16-7.23 (m, 7H), 7.08-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.97-7.03 (m, 6H), 6.71-6.75 (m, 1H), 6.31-6.35 (m, 1H), 4.96 (dd, J = 10.0 Hz, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 3.80-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.55-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.25 (m, 2H), 3.03-3.15 (m , 2H), 2.39-2.51 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.25 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.88 (m, 3H).
2.化合物(I-1-6)の製造
化合物(29)から化合物(I-1-5)を製造するのと同様の方法で上記化合物(33)から化合物(I-1-6)を得た。
2. Preparation of compound (I-1-6) Compound (I-1-6) was obtained from compound (33) in the same manner as in the preparation of compound (I-1-5) from compound (29).
化合物(I-1-6)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 1.71-1.93 (3H, m), 2.13-2.31 (1H, m), 2.45-2.60 (1H, m), 2.88-3.00 (1H, m), 3.00-3.12 (1H, m), 3.13-3.28 (2H, m), 3.73-4.00 (2H, m), 4.37-4.52 (1H, m), 4.60-4.68 (1H, m), 6.28-6.39 (1H, m), 6.78-6.90 (1H, m), 7.02-7.39 (4H, m), 7.42-7.59 (3H, m), 7.87-8.08 (1H, m), 8.08-8.25 (1H, m).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (I-1-6) are shown below.
1 H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 1.71-1.93 (3H, m), 2.13-2.31 (1H, m), 2.45-2.60 (1H, m), 2.88-3.00 (1H, m) , 3.00-3.12 (1H, m), 3.13-3.28 (2H, m), 3.73-4.00 (2H, m), 4.37-4.52 (1H, m), 4.60-4.68 (1H, m), 6.28-6.39 ( 1H, m), 6.78-6.90 (1H, m), 7.02-7.39 (4H, m), 7.42-7.59 (3H, m), 7.87-8.08 (1H, m), 8.08-8.25 (1H, m).
[製造例2-1]
(化合物(I-2-1)の製造)
以下に示す経路で、化合物(I)として、化合物(I-2-1)を製造した。
[Production Example 2-1]
(Production of compound (I-2-1))
Compound (I-2-1) was produced as compound (I) by the route shown below.
1.化合物(37)の製造
DMF(30mL)に予め化合物(5)(5.00g、35.7mmol)及び化合物(26)(1-アミノ-3-メトキシカルボニルベンゼン)(5.39g、35.7mmol)を溶解した溶液に、HOBt(7.23g、53.5mmol)、EDCI(10.3g、53.5mmol)、DIEA(13.8g、107mmol、18.6mL)を25℃で一度に加えた。混合物を25℃で4時間撹拌した。TLC(石油エーテル/EtOAc=10/1(容量比)、UV)により、原料が完全に消費されたことを確認した。残留物を水(50mL)に注ぎ、EtOAc(50mL×3)で抽出した。EtOAc相を混ぜ合わせた後、塩水(50mL)で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、真空で濃縮して粗生成物を得た。これをカラムクロマトグラフィー(SiO2、石油エーテル/EtOAc=1/0→1/1)で精製して、化合物(37)(8.20g、収率84質量%)を得た。
1. Preparation of compound (37) Compound (5) (5.00 g, 35.7 mmol) and compound (26) (1-amino-3-methoxycarbonylbenzene) (5.39 g, 35.7 mmol) were added to DMF (30 mL) in advance. was dissolved, HOBt (7.23 g, 53.5 mmol), EDCI (10.3 g, 53.5 mmol), DIEA (13.8 g, 107 mmol, 18.6 mL) were added at once at 25°C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 4 hours. TLC (petroleum ether/EtOAc=10/1 (v/v), UV) confirmed complete consumption of starting material. The residue was poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The EtOAc phase was combined then washed with brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give crude product. This was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , petroleum ether/EtOAc=1/0→1/1) to give compound (37) (8.20 g, yield 84% by mass).
化合物(37)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.15-8.16 (m, 1H), 8.04-8.06 (m, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.84-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.63-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.27 (m, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (37) are shown below.
1 H-NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.15-8.16 (m, 1H), 8.04-8.06 (m, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.84-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.63-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.27 (m, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H).
2.化合物(38)の製造
THF(60mL)及び水(20mL)に予め化合物(37)(8.20g、30.0mmol)を溶解した溶液に、25℃で一度に水酸化リチウム一水和物(3.78g、90.0mmol)を加えた。混合物を25℃で14時間撹拌した。TLC(石油エーテル/EtOAc=1/1(容量比)、UV)により、原料である化合物(37)が完全に消費されたことを確認した。反応混合物をHCl(1N)でpH3に調整し、次に、酢酸エチル(150mL×3)で抽出した。酢酸エチル相を混ぜ合わせた後、塩水(200mL)で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、真空で濃縮して、化合物(38)(6.90g、収率89質量%)を得た。
2. Preparation of compound (38) Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (3 .78 g, 90.0 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 14 hours. TLC (petroleum ether/EtOAc=1/1 (v/v), UV) confirmed complete consumption of the starting compound (37). The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 3 with HCl (1N), then extracted with ethyl acetate (150 mL x 3). The ethyl acetate phases were combined, then washed with brine (200 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give compound (38) (6.90 g, 89 wt% yield). .
化合物(38)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR: (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.92-13.09 (m, 1H), 10.49 (s, 1H), 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.03-8.05 (m, 1H), 7.78-7.85 (m, 2H), 7.68-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.51 (m, 2H).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (38) are shown below.
1 H-NMR: (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 12.92-13.09 (m, 1H), 10.49 (s, 1H), 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.03-8.05 (m, 1H), 7.78-7.85 (m, 2H), 7.68-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.51 (m, 2H).
3.化合物(39)の製造
DMF(30mL)に予め化合物(38)(3.00g、11.6mmol)、HATU(6.60g、17.4mmol)、及びDIEA(4.49g、34.7mmol、6.05mL)を溶解した溶液に、化合物(8)(5.18g、11.6mmol、HCl)を窒素下25℃で一度に加えた。混合物を25℃で4時間撹拌した。TLC(CH2Cl2/MeOH=10/1(容量比)、UV)により、反応が完了したことを確認した。残留物を水(50mL)に注ぎ、酢酸エチル(50mL×3)で抽出した。酢酸エチル相を混ぜ合わせた後、塩水(50mL)で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、真空で濃縮して、残留物を得た。残留物をカラムクロマトグラフィー(SiO2、CH2Cl2/MeOH=1/0→10/1)で精製して、化合物(39)(1.02g、収率13質量%)を白色固体として得た。
3. Preparation of compound (39) Compound (38) (3.00 g, 11.6 mmol), HATU (6.60 g, 17.4 mmol), and DIEA (4.49 g, 34.7 mmol, 6.49 g, 34.7 mmol) were prepared in advance in DMF (30 mL). 05 mL) was dissolved, compound (8) (5.18 g, 11.6 mmol, HCl) was added in one portion at 25° C. under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 4 hours. TLC (CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=10/1 (v/v), UV) confirmed the completion of the reaction. The residue was poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL x 3). The ethyl acetate phases were combined then washed with brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=1/0→10/1) to give compound (39) (1.02 g, yield 13% by weight) as a white solid. rice field.
化合物(39)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR: (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.11-8.12 (m, 1H), 7.88-7.90 (m, 2H), 7.77-7.79 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.32 (m, 10H), 7.08-7.10 (m, 6H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 4.92- 4.94 (m, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.20-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.04-3.11 (m, 1H).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (39) are shown below.
1 H-NMR: (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.11-8.12 (m, 1H), 7.88-7.90 (m, 2H), 7.77-7.79 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.55- 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.32 (m, 10H), 7.08-7.10 (m, 6H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 4.92- 4.94 (m, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.20-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.04-3.11 (m, 1H).
4.化合物(I-2-1)の製造
化合物(29)から化合物(I-1-5)を製造するのと同様の方法で上記化合物(39)から化合物(I-2-1)を得た。
4. Preparation of compound (I-2-1) Compound (I-2-1) was obtained from compound (39) in the same manner as in the preparation of compound (I-1-5) from compound (29).
化合物(I-2-1)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 2.87-2.97 (1H, m), 3.07 (1H, J = 15.0, 10.1, 4.1 Hz, ddd), 4.34-4.44 (1H, m), 4.66 (1H, J =7.5, 4.1 Hz, dd), 6.83-6.90 (1H, m), 7.31-7.38 (1H, m), 7.44 (1H, J = 8.0 Hz, t), 7.50-7.59 (3H, m), 7.67-7.73 (1H, m), 7.79 (1H, J = 7.8 Hz, d), 7.81-7.88 (1H, br m), 8.04 (1H, s).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (I-2-1) are shown below.
1 H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 2.87-2.97 (1H, m), 3.07 (1H, J = 15.0, 10.1, 4.1 Hz, ddd), 4.34-4.44 (1H, m), 4.66 (1H, J =7.5, 4.1 Hz, dd), 6.83-6.90 (1H, m), 7.31-7.38 (1H, m), 7.44 (1H, J = 8.0 Hz, t), 7.50-7.59 (3H, m ), 7.67-7.73 (1H, m), 7.79 (1H, J = 7.8 Hz, d), 7.81-7.88 (1H, br m), 8.04 (1H, s).
[製造例2-2]
(化合物(I-2-2)の製造)
以下に示す経路で、化合物(I)として、化合物(I-2-2)を製造した。
[Production Example 2-2]
(Production of compound (I-2-2))
Compound (I-2-2) was produced as compound (I) by the route shown below.
1.化合物(42)の製造
DMF(20mL)に予め化合物(1)(2.50g、13.2mmol)、HATU(7.55g、19.9mmol)、及びDIEA(5.13g、39.7mmol、6.91mL)を溶解した溶液に、化合物(26)(1-アミノ-3-メトキシカルボニルベンゼン)(2.00g、13.2mmol)を25℃で一度に加えた。混合物を25℃で4時間撹拌した。TLC(CH2Cl2/MeOH=20/1(容量比)、UV)により、原料である化合物(1)が完全に消費されたことを確認した。残留物を水(30mL)に注ぎ、EtOAc(50mL×3)で抽出した。抽出したEtOAc相を混ぜ合わせた後、塩水(50mL)で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、真空で濃縮して粗生成物を得た。これをカラムクロマトグラフィー(SiO2、CH2Cl2/MeOH=1/0→10/1)で精製して、化合物(42)(3.30g、収率76質量%)を得た。
1. Preparation of compound (42) Compound (1) (2.50 g, 13.2 mmol), HATU (7.55 g, 19.9 mmol), and DIEA (5.13 g, 39.7 mmol, 6.5 g, 19.9 mmol) were added in advance to DMF (20 mL). 91 mL) was dissolved, Compound (26) (1-amino-3-methoxycarbonylbenzene) (2.00 g, 13.2 mmol) was added in one portion at 25°C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 4 hours. It was confirmed by TLC (CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=20/1 (volume ratio), UV) that the starting compound (1) was completely consumed. The residue was poured into water (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The extracted EtOAc phases were combined then washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give crude product. This was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=1/0→10/1) to obtain compound (42) (3.30 g, yield 76% by mass).
化合物(42)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR: (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.38 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (42) are shown below.
1 H-NMR: (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.38 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
2.化合物(43)の製造
25℃でCH2Cl2(15mL)に、化合物(42)(3.30g、10.2mmol)及びHCl/ジオキサン(4M、15mL)を混合した。混合物を25℃で1時間撹拌した。LCMS(EB2954-19-P1A)により、化合物(42)が完全に消費されたことを確認した。反応混合物を真空中で濃縮して、化合物(43)(2.2g、粗製)を得た。
2. Preparation of compound (43) Compound (42) (3.30 g, 10.2 mmol) and HCl/ dioxane (4 M, 15 mL) were mixed in CH2Cl2 (15 mL) at 25°C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. LCMS (EB2954-19-P1A) confirmed complete consumption of compound (42). The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give compound (43) (2.2 g, crude).
化合物(31)のLCMSの測定結果を以下に示す。
LCMS: m/z=223.2 (M+H)+
The LCMS measurement results of compound (31) are shown below.
LCMS: m/z=223.2 (M+H) +
3.化合物(44)の製造
DMF(30mL)に予め化合物(5)(1.39g、9.90mmol)、HOBt(2.01g、14.8mmol)、DIEA(3.84g、29.7mmol、5.17mL)、及びEDCI(2.85g、14.8mmol)を溶解した溶液に、化合物(43)(2.20g、9.90mmol)を窒素下25℃で一度に加えた。混合物を25℃で2時間撹拌した。TLC(CH2Cl2/MeOH=20/1(容量比)、UV)により、反応が完了したことを確認した。残留物を水(30mL)に注ぎ、EtOAc(20mL×3)で抽出した。抽出したEtOAc相を混ぜ合わせた後、塩水(20mL)で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、真空で濃縮して粗生成物を得た。粗生成物をカラムクロマトグラフィー(SiO2、CH2Cl2/MeOH=1/0→10/1)で精製して、化合物(44)(3.20g、収率93質量%)を得た。
3. Preparation of compound (44) Compound (5) (1.39 g, 9.90 mmol), HOBt (2.01 g, 14.8 mmol), DIEA (3.84 g, 29.7 mmol, 5.17 mL) was prepared in advance in DMF (30 mL). ), and EDCI (2.85 g, 14.8 mmol), compound (43) (2.20 g, 9.90 mmol) was added in one portion at 25° C. under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. TLC (CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=20/1 (v/v), UV) confirmed the completion of the reaction. The residue was poured into water (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 3). The extracted EtOAc phases were combined then washed with brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=1/0→10/1) to give compound (44) (3.20 g, yield 93% by weight).
化合物(44)のLCMSの測定結果を以下に示す。
LCMS: m/z=345.1(M+H)+, Rt=0.519 min
The LCMS measurement results of compound (44) are shown below.
LCMS: m/z=345.1(M+H) + , R t =0.519 min
4.化合物(45)の製造
THF(21mL)及び水(7mL)に予め化合物(44)(3.20g、9.29mmol)を溶解した溶液に、水酸化リチウム一水和物(1.17g、27.9mmol)を窒素下、25℃で一度に加えた。混合物を25℃で12時間撹拌した。TLC(石油エーテル/EtOAc=1/1(容量比)、UV)により、反応が完了したことを確認した。反応混合物をHCl(1M)でpH3に調整し、EtOAc(10mL×3)で抽出した。抽出したEtOAc相を混ぜ合わせた後、塩水(20mL)で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、真空で濃縮して、化合物(45)(2.20g、収率72質量%)を得た。
4. Preparation of compound (45) To a solution of compound (44) (3.20 g, 9.29 mmol) previously dissolved in THF (21 mL) and water (7 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (1.17 g, 27.5 mmol). 9 mmol) was added in one portion at 25° C. under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours. TLC (petroleum ether/EtOAc=1/1 (v/v), UV) confirmed the completion of the reaction. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 3 with HCl (1M) and extracted with EtOAc (10 mL x 3). The extracted EtOAc phases were combined then washed with brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give compound (45) (2.20 g, 72 wt% yield). rice field.
化合物(45)の1H-NMR及びLCMSの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR: (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.25-8.26 (m, 1H), 7.85-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.72-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.63-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 1H), 4.66-4.71 (m, 1H), 1.56-1.57 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 3H).
The measurement results of 1 H-NMR and LCMS of compound (45) are shown below.
1 H-NMR: (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.25-8.26 (m, 1H), 7.85-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.72-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.63-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 1H), 4.66-4.71 (m, 1H), 1.56-1.57 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 3H).
5.化合物(46)の製造
DMF(10mL)に予めHATU(1.73g、4.54mmol)、DIEA(1.17g、9.80mmol、1.58mL)及び化合物(45)(1.0g、3.03mmol)を溶解した溶液に、化合物(8)(1.25g、3.03mmol)を窒素下、25℃で一度にを加えた。混合物を25℃で4時間撹拌した。 TLC(石油エーテル/EtOAc=0/1(容量比)、UV)により、反応が完了したことを確認した。残留物を水(10mL)に注ぎ、EtOAc(20mL×3)で抽出した。抽出したEtOAc相を混ぜ合わせた後、塩水(20mL)で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、真空で濃縮して、粗生成物を得た。粗生成物をカラムクロマトグラフィー(SiO2、石油エーテル/EtOAc=1/0→0/1(容量比))で精製して、化合物(46)(1.00g、収率45質量%)を得た。
5. Preparation of compound (46) HATU (1.73 g, 4.54 mmol), DIEA (1.17 g, 9.80 mmol, 1.58 mL) and compound (45) (1.0 g, 3.03 mmol) were prepared in DMF (10 mL). ) was dissolved, compound (8) (1.25 g, 3.03 mmol) was added in one portion at 25°C under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 4 hours. TLC (petroleum ether/EtOAc=0/1 (v/v), UV) confirmed the completion of the reaction. The residue was poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 3). The extracted EtOAc phases were combined then washed with brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , petroleum ether/EtOAc=1/0→0/1 (volume ratio)) to give compound (46) (1.00 g, yield 45% by mass). rice field.
化合物(46)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR: (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.05-8.08 (m, 2H), 7.73-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.64-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.36 (m, 10H), 7.08-7.10 (m, 6H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 4.98-5.01 (m, 1H), 4.68-4.73 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.31 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.15 (m, 1H), 1.58 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (46) are shown below.
1 H-NMR: (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.05-8.08 (m, 2H), 7.73-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.64-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.36 (m, 10H), 7.08-7.10 (m, 6H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 4.98-5.01 (m, 1H), 4.68-4.73 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.31 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.15 (m, 1H), 1.58 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
6.化合物(I-2-2)の製造
化合物(29)から化合物(I-1-5)を製造するのと同様の方法で上記化合物(46)から化合物(I-2-2)を得た。
6. Preparation of compound (I-2-2) Compound (I-2-2) was obtained from compound (46) in the same manner as in the preparation of compound (I-1-5) from compound (29).
化合物(I-2-2)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 1.56 (3H, J = 7.1 Hz, d), 2.81-2.97 (1H, m), 2.97-3.14 (1H, m), 4.28-4.45 (1H, m), 4.57-4.74 (2H, m), 6.84 (1H, s), 7.23-7.42 (2H, m), 7.42-7.58 (3H, m), 7.58-7.80 (3H, m), 7.93 (1H, s).
The 1 H-NMR measurement results of compound (I-2-2) are shown below.
1 H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 1.56 (3H, J = 7.1 Hz, d), 2.81-2.97 (1H, m), 2.97-3.14 (1H, m), 4.28-4.45 (1H , m), 4.57-4.74 (2H, m), 6.84 (1H, s), 7.23-7.42 (2H, m), 7.42-7.58 (3H, m), 7.58-7.80 (3H, m), 7.93 (1H , s).
[製造例2-3]
(化合物(I-2-3)の製造)
以下に示す経路で、化合物(I)として、化合物(I-2-3)を製造した。
[Production Example 2-3]
(Production of compound (I-2-3))
Compound (I-2-3) was produced as compound (I) by the route shown below.
1.化合物(51)の製造
CH2Cl2(60mL)に予め化合物(50)(3.09g、30.8mmol)及びトリエチルアミン(TEA)(4.29mL)の混合物に、CH2Cl2(60mL)に予め化合物(49)(6.80g、30.8mmol)を溶解した溶液を、0℃で滴下して加えた。添加後、黄色の混合物を窒素雰囲気下で25℃で1時間撹拌した。TLC(CH2Cl2/MeOH=10/1(容量比)、I2)により、化合物(49)が完全に消費されたことを確認し、生成物として極性の大きい1つの主要な新しいスポットを検出した。反応混合物を濃縮して固体を得た。固体をCH2Cl2/MeOH(10/1(容量比)、25mL)を用いて、25℃で10分間粉砕して、化合物(51)(7.10g、粗生成物)を得た。
1. Preparation of compound (51) To a mixture of compound (50) (3.09 g, 30.8 mmol) and triethylamine (TEA) (4.29 mL) in CH 2 Cl 2 (60 mL) was added in CH 2 Cl 2 (60 mL). A pre-dissolved solution of compound (49) (6.80 g, 30.8 mmol) was added dropwise at 0°C. After the addition, the yellow mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour under a nitrogen atmosphere. TLC (CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=10/1 (v/v), I 2 ) confirmed the complete consumption of compound (49) with one major new spot of greater polarity as the product. Detected. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give a solid. The solid was triturated with CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH (10/1 (v/v), 25 mL) at 25° C. for 10 min to give compound (51) (7.10 g, crude).
化合物(51)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR: (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.16 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.84 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 2.92 (br s, 4H), 2.33-2.37 (m, 4H), 2.14 (s, 3H).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (51) are shown below.
1 H-NMR: (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 8.16 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.84 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 2.92 (br s, 4H), 2.33-2.37 (m, 4H), 2.14 (s, 3H).
2.化合物(52)の製造
DMF(7mL)に予め化合物(51)(7.10g、24.9mmol)を溶解した溶液に、HOBt(5.06g、37.4mmol)、EDCI(7.18g、37.4mmol)、DIEA(9.68g、74.9mmol)、及び、化合物(36)(3.77g、24.99mmol)を加えた。黄色の混合物を、窒素雰囲気下、25℃で4時間撹拌した。TLC(CH2Cl2/MeOH=20/1(容量比)、I2)により、化合物(51)が完全に消費されたことを確認し、生成物として極性の大きい1つの主要な新しいスポットを検出した。反応混合物を水(200mL)で希釈し、次いでEtOAc(150mL×4)で抽出した。抽出されたEtOAc相を混ぜ合わせた後、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、減圧下で濃縮して、残留物を得た。これをカラムクロマトグラフィー(SiO2、CH2Cl2/MeOH=100/1→20/1)で精製して、化合物(52)(4.79g、粗生成物)を黄色の油として得た。
2. Preparation of compound (52) HOBt (5.06 g, 37.4 mmol), EDCI (7.18 g, 37.9 mmol) and EDCI (7.18 g, 37.9 mmol) were added to a solution of compound (51) (7.10 g, 24.9 mmol) in DMF (7 mL). 4 mmol), DIEA (9.68 g, 74.9 mmol) and compound (36) (3.77 g, 24.99 mmol) were added. The yellow mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 4 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. TLC (CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=20/1 (v/v), I 2 ) confirmed the complete consumption of compound (51) with one major new spot of greater polarity as the product. Detected. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (200 mL) and then extracted with EtOAc (150 mL x 4). After combining the extracted EtOAc phases, they were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. This was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=100/1→20/1) to give compound (52) (4.79 g, crude product) as a yellow oil.
化合物(52)のLCMSの測定結果を以下に示す。
LCMS: m/z=418.3(M+H)+, Rt=0.433 min
The LCMS measurement results of compound (52) are shown below.
LCMS: m/z=418.3(M+H) + , R t =0.433 min
3.化合物(53)の製造
THF(4.8mL)に予め化合物(52)(4.79g、11.4mmol)を溶解した溶液に、水酸化リチウム一水和物(1.44g、34.4mmol)及び水(1.6mL)を加えた。黄色の混合物を窒素雰囲気下、25℃で7時間撹拌した。TLC(CH2Cl2/MeOH=20/1(容量比)、I2)により、化合物(52)が完全に消費されたことを確認し、生成物として極性の大きい1つの主要な新しいスポットを検出した。反応混合物を1N HCl水溶液でp2に調整し、いくらかの沈殿物を形成させた。沈殿物を濾過により収集し、真空乾燥して、化合物(53)(2.97g、粗生成物)を黄色の固体として得た。
3. Preparation of compound (53) Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (1.44 g, 34.4 mmol) and Water (1.6 mL) was added. The yellow mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 7 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. TLC (CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=20/1 (v/v), I 2 ) confirmed the complete consumption of compound (52) with one major new spot of greater polarity as the product. Detected. The reaction mixture was adjusted to p2 with 1N HCl aqueous solution and some precipitate formed. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo to give compound (53) (2.97 g, crude) as a yellow solid.
化合物(53)の1H-NMR及びLCMSの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H NMR: (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.38 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.07 (br s, 4H), 2.62 (br s, 4H), 2.33 (s, 3H).
The measurement results of 1 H-NMR and LCMS of compound (53) are shown below.
1 H NMR: (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.38 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.07 (br s, 4H), 2.62 (br s, 4H), 2.33 (s, 3H).
4.化合物(54)の製造
DMF(26mL)に予め化合物(53)(2.64g、6.54mmol)を溶解した溶液に、DIEA(2.54g、19.6mmol、3.42mL)及びHATU(3.73g、9.82mmol)を加えた。反応混合物を30分間撹拌し、次に、化合物(8)(2.69g、6.54mmol)を加えた。混合物を窒素雰囲気下、25℃で3時間撹拌した。TLC(CH2Cl2/MeOH=10/1(容量比)、I2)により、化合物(53)が完全に消費されたことを確認し、生成物として極性の大きい1つの主要な新しいスポットを検出した。反応混合物を水(50mL)で希釈し、次いでEtOAc(50mL×3)で抽出した。抽出したEtOAc相を混ぜ合わせた後、塩水(50mL×2)で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濾過し、減圧下で濃縮して、残留物を得た。これをカラムクロマトグラフィー(SiO2、CH2Cl2/MeOH=100/1→20/1)で精製して、化合物(54)(1.05g、収率18.3質量%を得た。
4. Preparation of compound (54) DIEA (2.54 g, 19.6 mmol, 3.42 mL) and HATU (3. 73 g, 9.82 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, then compound (8) (2.69 g, 6.54 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. TLC (CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=10/1 (v/v), I 2 ) confirmed the complete consumption of compound (53) with one major new spot of greater polarity as the product. Detected. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and then extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 3). The extracted EtOAc phases were combined, then washed with brine (50 mL x 2), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. This was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH=100/1→20/1) to obtain compound (54) (1.05 g, yield 18.3 mass %).
化合物(54)の1H-NMR、LCMS、HPLC、及びSFCの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR: (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.14-8.16 (m, 3H), 7.95-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.88-7.90 (m, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.55-7.57 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.32 (m, 9H), 7.08 -7.09 (m, 6H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 4.93-4.95 (m, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.30-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.27 (m, 4H), 3.08-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.04-3.05 (m, 4H), 2.63-2.65 (s, 3H).
The measurement results of 1 H-NMR, LCMS, HPLC, and SFC of compound (54) are shown below.
1 H-NMR: (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.14-8.16 (m, 3H), 7.95-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.88-7.90 (m, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.55- 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.32 (m, 9H), 7.08 -7.09 (m, 6H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 4.93-4.95 (m, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.30-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.27 (m, 4H), 3.08-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.04-3.05 (m, 4H), 2.63-2.65 (s, 3H) ).
5.化合物(I-2-3)の製造
化合物(29)から化合物(I-1-5)を製造するのと同様の方法で上記化合物(54)から化合物(I-2-3)を得た。
5. Preparation of compound (I-2-3) Compound (I-2-3) was obtained from compound (54) in the same manner as in the preparation of compound (I-1-5) from compound (29).
化合物(I-2-3)の1H-NMRの測定結果を以下に示す。
1H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 2.27 (3H, s), 2.52 (4H, J = 4.8 Hz, t), 2.92 (1H, J = 14.9, 9.9, 5.4 Hz, ddd), 2.99-3.16 (5H, m), 4.40 (1H, J = 9.3, 9.3, 4.2 Hz, ddd), 4.61-4.70 (1H, m), 6.87 (1H, s), 7.40-7.50 (1H, m), 7.50-7.54 (1H, m), 7.54-7.58 (1H, s), 7.82-7.89 (1H, m), 7.89-7.92 (1H, m), 7.92-7.96 (1H, m), 8.05-8.11 (1H, m), 8.13-8.16 (1H, m), 8.16-8.20 (1H, m).
The results of 1 H-NMR measurement of compound (I-2-3) are shown below.
1 H-NMR (CD3OD, MeOH, δ (ppm)): 2.27 (3H, s), 2.52 (4H, J = 4.8 Hz, t), 2.92 (1H, J = 14.9, 9.9, 5.4 Hz, ddd), 2.99-3.16 (5H, m), 4.40 (1H, J = 9.3, 9.3, 4.2 Hz, ddd), 4.61-4.70 (1H, m), 6.87 (1H, s), 7.40-7.50 (1H, m), 7.50-7.54 (1H, m), 7.54-7.58 (1H, s), 7.82-7.89 (1H, m), 7.89-7.92 (1H, m), 7.92-7.96 (1H, m), 8.05-8.11 (1H , m), 8.13-8.16 (1H, m), 8.16-8.20 (1H, m).
[実施例1]
(SARS-CoV-2の3CLプロテアーゼに対する阻害活性確認試験)
1.SARS-CoV-2の3CLプロテアーゼの調製
SARS-CoV-2の3CLプロテアーゼ(R188I変異体)の大腸菌を用いた発現は、分解耐性を有し、安定的な触媒活性を発現するSARS-CoV-2の3CLプロテアーゼを得るために、インバースPCR法により、188番目のアルギニン残基をイソロイシン残基に置換した変異体を構築し、使用した。
[Example 1]
(Inhibitory activity confirmation test for 3CL protease of SARS-CoV-2)
1. Preparation of SARS-CoV-2 3CL protease Expression of the SARS-CoV-2 3CL protease (R188I mutant) using E. coli has resulted in SARS-CoV-2 that is resistant to degradation and expresses stable catalytic activity. 3CL protease, a mutant in which the arginine residue at position 188 was replaced with an isoleucine residue was constructed and used by inverse PCR.
具体的には、グルタチオン-S-トランスフェラーゼ(GST)、Hisタグ(His6)、Flagタグ、及びSARS-CoV-2の3CLプロテアーゼ(R188I変異体、アミノ酸配列を配列番号1に示す)がこの順に結合した融合タンパク質をコードする塩基配列(配列番号2)を導入したpGEX-6P-1ベースのプラスミドpGEX-6P-1/SARS-3CL-COV2を構築し、大腸菌DHα株にトランスフェクションした。 Specifically, glutathione-S-transferase (GST), His tag (His6), Flag tag, and SARS-CoV-2 3CL protease (R188I mutant, amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1) bind in this order. A pGEX-6P-1-based plasmid pGEX-6P-1/SARS-3CL-COV2 into which a base sequence (SEQ ID NO: 2) encoding the fusion protein was introduced was constructed and transfected into Escherichia coli DHα strain.
作製した発現ベクターpGEX-6P-1/SARS-3CL-COV2 4μgを滅菌水20μLに溶解した(濃度は200ng/μL)。次に、氷冷しながら、1.5mL容量のエッペンチューブに、溶解した発現ベクターを1μL(200ng)加え、さらにコンピテントセルBL21Gold(DE3)50μLを加えてゆっくり撹拌し、10分間静置した。その後、ウオーターバスを用いたヒートショック法(42℃:1分間、on ice:5分間)により形質転換を行った。さらにSOC培地150μLを加え、ゆっくり撹拌した後、クリーンオーブンで37℃、30分間インキュベートした。インキュベート後、寒天培地(LB-Ampicillin、Ampicillin濃度は50μg/mL)表面に上記溶液50μLを滴下してコンラージ棒で均一に塗布した。その後、37℃で一晩、恒温槽でインキュベートを行った。インキュベート後に寒天培地上に生育したコロニーを用いて、コロニーPCR法により目的遺伝子導入の成否を確認した。この際のSequencing primerには、Forward及びReverseとしてそれぞれPGEX-5及びPGEX-3を用いた。複数のコロニーから調製したPCR産物についてゲル電気泳動を行い、それらのバンドの位置確認を行った。以上のようにして目的遺伝子の導入が確認されたコロニーのLB-Ampicillin培養液から15v/v%グリセロール溶液を調製して、-80℃で保存した。 4 μg of the prepared expression vector pGEX-6P-1/SARS-3CL-COV2 was dissolved in 20 μL of sterile water (concentration: 200 ng/μL). Next, while cooling with ice, 1 μL (200 ng) of the dissolved expression vector was added to a 1.5 mL Eppendorf tube, and 50 μL of competent cells BL21Gold (DE3) were added, slowly stirred, and allowed to stand for 10 minutes. Thereafter, transformation was performed by a heat shock method using a water bath (42°C: 1 minute, once: 5 minutes). Further, 150 μL of SOC medium was added, and the mixture was slowly stirred and then incubated in a clean oven at 37° C. for 30 minutes. After incubation, 50 μL of the above solution was dropped onto the surface of an agar medium (LB-Ampicillin, Ampicillin concentration: 50 μg/mL) and uniformly coated with a Conlarge stick. After that, incubation was performed overnight at 37° C. in a constant temperature bath. After incubation, colonies grown on the agar medium were used to confirm the success or failure of introduction of the target gene by colony PCR. At this time, PGEX-5 and PGEX-3 were used as the forward and reverse sequencing primers, respectively. PCR products prepared from multiple colonies were subjected to gel electrophoresis and their bands were localized. A 15 v/v % glycerol solution was prepared from the LB-Ampicillin culture solution of the colonies in which introduction of the target gene was confirmed as described above, and stored at -80°C.
前述の15v/v%グリセロール溶液(目的遺伝子の導入が確認されたコロニーの培養液から調製)を寒天培地(LB-Ampicillin、Ampicillin濃度は50μg/mL)上に植菌して、恒温槽内で37℃、一昼夜インキュベートを行った。その後、300mLの滅菌済みの三角フラスコに、100mLのLB培地(LB-Ampicillin、Ampicillin濃度は50μg/mL)100mLを加え、さらに寒天培地上に生育した1つのコロニーを接種して三角フラスコ内のLB培地に加えた。この培養液を振とう培養器に入れ、37℃、振とう速度180rpmで18時間培養を行った(前培養)。次に、3L容量の三角フラスコ6本に、LB-Ampicillin培地(Ampicillin濃度は50μg/mL)をそれぞれ1Lずつ調製した。その後、前培養液を10mLずつ、3L容量の三角フラスコ6本に添加して本培養を行った。本培養時の培養温度は、37℃、振とう速度は180rpmであった。本培養開始から2.5時間後に、OD600(600nmの波長での吸光度)が0.8となったところで、培養を中断して温度を28℃に設定して30分間静置した。その後、1MのIPTGをそれぞれの培養液に0.5mLずつ添加して最終のIPTG濃度を0.5mMとして、28℃で培養を再開し、5時間継続して培養を行った。本培養が完了後、培養液を取り出して遠心分離機を用いて集菌を行った。集菌された菌体は1×PBSで2回洗浄を行った後、液体窒素で凍結して-80℃で保存した。なお、培養後の菌体の収量は、LB-Ampicillin培地1L当たり約5gであった。 The aforementioned 15v/v% glycerol solution (prepared from the culture solution of colonies in which introduction of the target gene was confirmed) was inoculated on an agar medium (LB-Ampicillin, Ampicillin concentration is 50 µg/mL) and placed in a constant temperature bath. Incubation was carried out at 37°C overnight. After that, add 100 mL of LB medium (LB-Ampicillin, Ampicillin concentration is 50 μg/mL) to a 300 mL sterilized Erlenmeyer flask, and inoculate one colony grown on the agar medium to inoculate the LB in the Erlenmeyer flask. added to the medium. This culture solution was placed in a shaking incubator and cultured at 37° C. and a shaking speed of 180 rpm for 18 hours (preculture). Next, 1 L each of LB-Ampicillin medium (Ampicillin concentration: 50 μg/mL) was prepared in six 3-L Erlenmeyer flasks. After that, 10 mL each of the pre-culture solution was added to six 3-L Erlenmeyer flasks to carry out main culture. The culture temperature during the main culture was 37° C., and the shaking speed was 180 rpm. After 2.5 hours from the start of the main culture, when the OD600 (absorbance at a wavelength of 600 nm) reached 0.8, the culture was interrupted and the temperature was set to 28° C. and allowed to stand for 30 minutes. Thereafter, 0.5 mL of 1 M IPTG was added to each culture solution to make the final IPTG concentration 0.5 mM, and the culture was restarted at 28° C. and continued for 5 hours. After the main culture was completed, the culture solution was taken out and the cells were harvested using a centrifuge. The collected cells were washed twice with 1×PBS, frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at -80°C. The yield of cells after culture was about 5 g per 1 L of LB-Ampicillin medium.
凍結保存した大腸菌の菌体をオンアイスで融解し、引き続いて菌体1g当たり10mLのLysis Bufferと可逆的プロテアーゼ阻害剤をLysis Bufferの1/1000容量添加して懸濁した。なお、Lysis Bufferの組成は、50mM Tris-HCl pH7.8、250mM NaCl、1mM DTT、及び10mM Imidazoleである。懸濁させた菌体は超音波破砕機で破砕処理を行い、その後超遠心分離機により、45,000rpm、45分間、4℃の条件下で遠心分離を行い、上清画分を回収した。さらに、0.22μm ポア径のデイスクフィルターで上清画分のフィルタリングを行い、その後の精製に供した。 The cryopreserved E. coli cells were thawed on ice, and then 10 mL of Lysis Buffer and a reversible protease inhibitor per 1 g of the cells were added and suspended by adding 1/1000 volume of the Lysis Buffer. The composition of Lysis Buffer is 50 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.8, 250 mM NaCl, 1 mM DTT, and 10 mM Imidazole. The suspended cells were crushed by an ultrasonicator, and then centrifuged by an ultracentrifuge at 45,000 rpm for 45 minutes at 4°C to collect the supernatant fraction. Furthermore, the supernatant fraction was filtered with a disk filter with a pore size of 0.22 μm, and subjected to subsequent purification.
Niアフィニティカラム(CV=5mL)をNiアフィニティカラム平衡化Bufferで平衡化した。平衡化Bufferの組成は、Lysis Bufferの組成と同一である。その後、破砕後の上清(50mL)を1mL/分の流速で、Niカラムにアプライして素通り画分(Flow Through:FT)を回収した。その後、同一の平衡化Buffer(100mL)でカラムを洗浄した(Wash画分)。Niカラムを洗浄後、Niアフィニティカラム溶出Bufferで溶出を行った。溶出Bufferの組成は、50mM Tris-HCl pH7.8、250mM NaCl、1mM DTT、500mM Imidazoleであり、Imidazole濃度を10mMから500mMまで、Linear Gradientモードで溶出を行い、Fractionは1mLずつ回収した。目的タンパク質の溶出後に同一の溶出Buffer 50mLでカラムの洗浄を行った。回収した溶出画分は電気泳動(SDS―PAGE)にて、バンドの確認を行い、目的タンパク質を含む画分として総容量で約80mLを回収した。この回収した画分を遠心分離タイプのメンブレンデバイスを用いて、3500rpm、4℃の遠心条件で約10mLまで濃縮した。 A Ni affinity column (CV = 5 mL) was equilibrated with a Ni affinity column equilibration buffer. The composition of the Equilibration Buffer is identical to that of the Lysis Buffer. After that, the supernatant (50 mL) after crushing was applied to the Ni column at a flow rate of 1 mL/min to collect a flow through (FT). The column was then washed with the same equilibration buffer (100 mL) (Wash fraction). After washing the Ni column, elution was performed with a Ni affinity column elution buffer. The composition of the elution buffer was 50 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.8, 250 mM NaCl, 1 mM DTT, and 500 mM Imidazole, and elution was performed in Linear Gradient mode with Imidazole concentrations ranging from 10 mM to 500 mM, and fractions were collected by 1 mL each. After the target protein was eluted, the column was washed with 50 mL of the same elution buffer. The collected eluted fractions were confirmed for bands by electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE), and a total volume of about 80 mL was collected as fractions containing the target protein. This collected fraction was concentrated to about 10 mL under centrifugation conditions of 3500 rpm and 4° C. using a centrifugal separation type membrane device.
約10mLまで濃縮した溶出画分に対して、GST及び6×His-Tagを切断除去するために、AcTEVProteaseによる切断を行った。市販のAcTEVProtease 50μLを、濃縮した溶出画分に加えて透析チューブに入れ、Cleavage Buffer 1Lで15時間、4℃の条件で透析処理を行いながら切断を行った。Cleavage Bufferの組成は、50mM Tris-HCl pH7.5、200mM NaCl、及び2mM DTTである。切断後の溶液は、遠心分離(10,000rpm、60分間、4℃)を行い、上清画分として回収した。 The elution fraction concentrated to about 10 mL was cleaved with AcTEV Protease in order to cleave and remove GST and 6xHis-Tag. 50 μL of commercially available AcTEV Protease was added to the concentrated elution fraction, put into a dialysis tube, and cleaved with 1 L of Cleavage Buffer for 15 hours while dialysis was performed at 4°C. The composition of the Cleavage Buffer is 50 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.5, 200 mM NaCl, and 2 mM DTT. The solution after cutting was centrifuged (10,000 rpm, 60 minutes, 4° C.) and collected as a supernatant fraction.
GST及び6×His-Tagを切断除去後の上清サンプルから、未切断のタンパク質及び切断後のGST及び6×His-Tag断片を完全に除去するために、Passive Ni アフィニティカラムクロマトグラフィーを行った。始めに、Niアフィニティカラム(CV=5mL)を、Niアフィニティカラム平衡化Bufferで平衡化した。次に、Niカラムに、GST及び6×His-Tagを切断除去後の上清を1mL/分の流速でアプライし、FT画分を回収した。その後、同様のNiアフィニティカラム平衡化Bufferを1mL/分の流速でカラムにアプライし、Wash画分として、Fraction当たり2mLの容量で合計20本(40mL)を回収した。最後に、Niアフィニティカラムを、500mM Imidazoleを含む溶出Buffer 50mLで洗浄した。なお、各画分は電気泳動(SDS-PAGE)により目的タンパク質の有無と純度を確認した。 Passive Ni affinity column chromatography was performed in order to completely remove uncleaved protein and GST and 6×His-Tag fragments after cleavage from the supernatant sample after removal of GST and 6×His-Tag. . First, a Ni affinity column (CV=5 mL) was equilibrated with Ni affinity column equilibration buffer. Next, the supernatant from which GST and 6×His-Tag had been cleaved and removed was applied to the Ni column at a flow rate of 1 mL/min to collect the FT fraction. Thereafter, the same Ni affinity column equilibrated buffer was applied to the column at a flow rate of 1 mL/min, and a total of 20 wash fractions (40 mL) were collected at a volume of 2 mL per Fraction. Finally, the Ni affinity column was washed with 50 mL of elution buffer containing 500 mM Imidazole. Each fraction was subjected to electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) to confirm the presence or absence of the target protein and its purity.
回収した目的タンパク質溶液の純度を向上させるために、陰イオン交換カラムカラムクロマトグラフィーを行った。始めに、タンパク質溶液のBufferに含まれるNaCl濃度を下げるために透析を行った。透析Bufferの組成は、20mM Tris-HCl pH8.0、20mM NaCl、及び1mM DTTである。透析チューブにタンパク質溶液を入れ、透析をBuffer容量が1L、15時間、4℃の条件で行った。Buffer置換後のタンパク質溶液は、陰イオン交換カラム(Hi TrapQ FF、CV=5mL)を用いて精製を行った。始めに、陰イオン交換カラムを平衡化Bufferで平衡化を行った。平衡化Bufferの組成は、透析Bufferと同じである。陰イオン交換カラムを平衡化後に、Buffer置換後のタンパク質溶液を、1mL/分の流速でカラムにアプライして、FT画分を回収した。その後、100mM NaCl、200mM NaCl、及び400mM NaClを含むそれぞれの溶出Bufferで1mL/分の流速にて順次溶出を行った。各Fractionの容量はすべて2mLとして,溶出の総量はそれぞれ30mLとした。各溶出画分は電気泳動(SDS-PAGE)により確認を行った。さらに、目的タンパク質を含む溶出画分のみを回収して、遠心分離タイプのメンブレンデバイスを用いて、3500rpm、4℃の遠心条件で、濃縮とBuffer置換を同時に行った。この場合のBuffer置換用のBuffer組成(最終組成)は、20mM Tris-HCl pH7.8、150mM NaCl、1mM EDTA、及び1mM DTTとした。なお、最終的に得られたタンパク質の質量は、5.5mgであった。収量は菌体1g当たり、1.1mgであった。 In order to improve the purity of the collected target protein solution, anion exchange column chromatography was performed. First, dialysis was performed to reduce the NaCl concentration contained in the buffer of the protein solution. The composition of dialysis buffer is 20 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0, 20 mM NaCl, and 1 mM DTT. The protein solution was placed in a dialysis tube, and dialysis was performed at a buffer volume of 1 L for 15 hours at 4°C. The protein solution after buffer replacement was purified using an anion exchange column (Hi TrapQ FF, CV=5 mL). First, the anion exchange column was equilibrated with an equilibration buffer. The composition of the Equilibration Buffer is the same as the Dialysis Buffer. After equilibrating the anion exchange column, the protein solution after buffer substitution was applied to the column at a flow rate of 1 mL/min to collect the FT fraction. After that, elution was sequentially performed with each elution buffer containing 100 mM NaCl, 200 mM NaCl, and 400 mM NaCl at a flow rate of 1 mL/min. The volume of each Fraction was 2 mL, and the total volume of elution was 30 mL. Each eluted fraction was confirmed by electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE). Furthermore, only the eluted fraction containing the target protein was collected, and using a centrifugation-type membrane device, concentration and buffer replacement were simultaneously performed under centrifugation conditions of 3500 rpm and 4°C. The buffer composition (final composition) for buffer replacement in this case was 20 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.8, 150 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, and 1 mM DTT. The mass of the finally obtained protein was 5.5 mg. The yield was 1.1 mg per 1 g of cells.
2.基質ペプチドの準備
基質ペプチドは、参考文献1(Akaji K et al., “Evaluation of peptide-aldehyde inhibitors using R188I mutant of SARS 3CL protease as a proteolysis-resistant mutant.”, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 16, Issue 21, pp. 9400-9408, 2008.)で用いられている基質ペプチドと同一のペプチドを使用した。具体的に、以下のアミノ酸配列で表される、3CLプロテアーゼのP1/P2切断部位を含むウンデカペプチド基質である。
2. Preparation of substrate peptide The substrate peptide was obtained from Reference 1 (Akaji K et al., “Evaluation of peptide-aldehyde inhibitors using R188I mutant of SARS 3CL protease as a proteolysis-resistant mutant.”, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 16, Issue 21, pp. 9400-9408, 2008.) was used as the substrate peptide. Specifically, an undecapeptide substrate containing the P1/P2 cleavage sites of 3CL protease represented by the following amino acid sequence.
基質ペプチド: H-Thr-Ser-Ala-Val-Leu-Gln-Ser-Gly-Phe-Arg-Lys-NH2(配列番号3) Substrate peptide: H-Thr-Ser-Ala-Val-Leu-Gln-Ser-Gly-Phe-Arg-Lys- NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 3)
3.阻害活性確認試験
水(13.8μL)、0.5Mトリスバッファー(pH7.5、1μL)、0.1Mジチオトレイトール水溶液(1.7μL)、基質ペプチド(0.8387mM、6.0μL)、SARS-CoV-2の3CLプロテアーゼ(R188I変異体)(14.7μM、1.5μL)の混合液に、阻害剤として、各製造例で製造した化合物(各25μM以上1600μM以下の4検体、各1μL)又はDMSO(1μL)を加え、37℃で1時間インキュベートした。この反応液に0.1質量%トリフルオロ酢酸水溶液75μLを加え100μLとした後、そのうち85μLを高速液体クロマトグラフィー(溶出条件:0.1質量%トリフルオロ酢酸含有アセトニトリルと0.1質量%トリフルオロ酢酸水溶液のグラジエント、アセトニトリル濃度10質量%→20質量%、30分間)で分析した。DMSO共存下での基質ペプチドピーク(溶出時間19.7分前後)面積を切断率100%として、阻害剤共存下での基質ペプチド面積と比較することで算出した各阻害剤濃度での切断率から、阻害率を求めた。各濃度での阻害率のプロットで得られるシグモイド曲線から、阻害剤の50%阻害率IC50を求めた。対照化合物としてRupintrivir(以下、「対照化合物(X)」と称する場合がある)を用いて、同様の試験を実施した。
3. Inhibitory activity confirmation test Water (13.8 μL), 0.5 M Tris buffer (pH 7.5, 1 μL), 0.1 M dithiothreitol aqueous solution (1.7 μL), substrate peptide (0.8387 mM, 6.0 μL), SARS -In a mixture of CoV-2 3CL protease (R188I mutant) (14.7 μM, 1.5 μL), a compound prepared in each production example as an inhibitor (4 specimens of 25 μM or more and 1600 μM or less each, 1 μL each) Or DMSO (1 μL) was added and incubated at 37° C. for 1 hour. After adding 75 μL of 0.1% by mass trifluoroacetic acid aqueous solution to this reaction solution to make 100 μL, 85 μL of it was subjected to high performance liquid chromatography (elution conditions: acetonitrile containing 0.1% by mass trifluoroacetic acid and 0.1% by mass trifluoroacetic acid Gradient of acetic acid aqueous solution, acetonitrile concentration 10% by mass→20% by mass, 30 minutes). The cleavage rate at each inhibitor concentration calculated by comparing the area of the substrate peptide peak (elution time around 19.7 minutes) in the presence of DMSO with the substrate peptide area in the presence of the inhibitor as 100% cleavage rate. , the inhibition rate was determined. The 50% inhibition rate IC50 of the inhibitor was obtained from the sigmoid curve obtained by plotting the inhibition rate at each concentration. A similar test was performed using Rupintrivir (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "control compound (X)") as a control compound.
化合物(I-1-1)~(I-1-6)及び(I-2-1)~(I-2-3)では、IC50が1600μM以下であり、特に化合物(I-1-1)及び(I-1-2)では、IC50が500μM未満と低く、特に優れた阻害活性が確認された。 Compounds (I-1-1) to (I-1-6) and (I-2-1) to (I-2-3) have an IC50 of 1600 μM or less, especially compound (I-1-1) and (I-1-2) had a low IC50 of less than 500 μM, confirming particularly excellent inhibitory activity.
一方、対照化合物(X)では、1600μMにおいても阻害率50%を満たすことができなかった。 On the other hand, the control compound (X) could not satisfy the inhibition rate of 50% even at 1600 μM.
[実施例2]
(SARS-CoV-2の3CLプロテアーゼに対するドッキングシミュレーション試験)
SARS-CoV-2の3CLプロテアーゼとリガンドとの共結晶のファイルをProtein Data Bankより取得し、それらのタンパク部分を残し、さらにCYS145SGの原子を取り除いたPDBQTファイルをAutoDock Toolsを使って作成した。以下に示す化合物のうち、各化合物(I-3a-1)~(I-3a-5)、(I-4a-1)~(I-4a-5)、(I-5a-1)、(I-5a-2)、(I-5a-5)、(1-6a-1)、(1-6a-5)、(I-3b-1)~(I-3b-3)、(I-4b-1)~(I-4b-3)、(1-5b-3)、及び(I-6b-1)のアミン性窒素原子をプロトン化し、そのコンフォメーションを、RDKitのEmbedMoleculeメソッドを用いて生成した。
[Example 2]
(Docking simulation test for 3CL protease of SARS-CoV-2)
Co-crystal files of SARS-CoV-2 3CL protease and ligand were obtained from the Protein Data Bank, and a PDBQT file was created using AutoDock Tools, leaving those protein portions and removing the atoms of CYS145SG. Among the compounds shown below, each compound (I-3a-1) ~ (I-3a-5), (I-4a-1) ~ (I-4a-5), (I-5a-1), ( I-5a-2), (I-5a-5), (1-6a-1), (1-6a-5), (I-3b-1) ~ (I-3b-3), (I- 4b-1) to (I-4b-3), (1-5b-3), and (I-6b-1) protonated the aminic nitrogen atoms and their conformations were determined using the EmbedMolecule method of the RDKit. generated.
得られたPDBQTファイルと各化合物とのドッキングシミュレーションを、QVina2を用いて実施し、その中のポーズからCYS145CBの5Å以内にホルミル基の炭素原子、シアノ基の炭素原子、又は、アクリレート基のβ-炭素原子が存在し、且つ、HIS163NEの5Å以内にピロリドン基、又は、イミダゾール基のN原子が存在するポーズのうち、最もスコアが高いポーズを選択し、それをドッキングスコアとした。なお、リガンドを基準にして、数値がマイナスになるほど結合自由エネルギーが小さく、より阻害活性に優れることを示す。一方、そのようなドッキングポーズが見つからなかった場合はドッキングスコアを0とした。実施例1で用いた対照化合物(X)についても同様にドッキングポーズを検索し、ドッキングスコアを算出した。 A docking simulation between the obtained PDBQT file and each compound was performed using QVina2. Among poses in which a carbon atom exists and an N atom of a pyrrolidone group or an imidazole group exists within 5 Å of HIS163NE, the pose with the highest score was selected as the docking score. Based on the ligand, the more negative the numerical value, the smaller the binding free energy and the more excellent the inhibitory activity. On the other hand, if no such docking pose was found, the docking score was set to 0. The docking pose was similarly searched for the control compound (X) used in Example 1, and the docking score was calculated.
化合物(I-3a-1)~(I-3a-5)、(I-4a-1)~(I-4a-5)、(I-5a-1)、(I-5a-4)、(I-5a-5)、(1-6a-1)、(1-6a-5)、(I-3b-1)~(I-3b-3)、(I-4b-1)~(I-4b-3)、(1-5b-3)、及び(I-6b-1)では、ドッキングスコアが-7以下であった。一方、対照化合物(X)のドッキングスコアは、-6以上であった。 Compounds (I-3a-1) ~ (I-3a-5), (I-4a-1) ~ (I-4a-5), (I-5a-1), (I-5a-4), ( I-5a-5), (1-6a-1), (1-6a-5), (I-3b-1) ~ (I-3b-3), (I-4b-1) ~ (I- 4b-3), (1-5b-3), and (I-6b-1) had a docking score of -7 or less. On the other hand, the docking score of the control compound (X) was -6 or higher.
[実施例3]
(SARS-CoV-1のの3CLプロテアーゼに対するドッキングシミュレーション試験)
次いで、SARS-CoV-2の3CLプロテアーゼとリガンドとの共結晶のファイルの代わりに、SARS-CoV-1のの3CLプロテアーゼとリガンドとの共結晶のファイルを用いて、実施例2と同様の方法により、上記に示す化合物のうち、各化合物(I-3a-1)~(I-3a-5)、(I-4a-1)~(I-4a-5)、(I-5a-4)、(I-6a-2)~(I-6a-4)、(I-3b-1)~(I-3b-3)、及び(I-4b-1)~(I-4b-3)のドッキングシミュレーションを実施した。
[Example 3]
(Docking simulation test for 3CL protease of SARS-CoV-1)
Then, instead of the co-crystal file of SARS-CoV-2 3CL protease and ligand, the same method as in Example 2 using the co-crystal file of SARS-CoV-1 3CL protease and ligand Among the compounds shown above, each compound (I-3a-1) to (I-3a-5), (I-4a-1) to (I-4a-5), (I-5a-4) , (I-6a-2) to (I-6a-4), (I-3b-1) to (I-3b-3), and (I-4b-1) to (I-4b-3) A docking simulation was performed.
実施例1で用いた対照化合物(X)についても同様にドッキングポーズを検索し、ドッキングスコアを算出した。 The docking pose was similarly searched for the control compound (X) used in Example 1, and the docking score was calculated.
化合物(I-3a-1)~(I-3a-5)、(I-4a-1)~(I-4a-5)、(I-5a-4)、(I-6a-2)~(I-6a-4)、(I-3b-1)~(I-3b-3)、及び(I-4b-1)~(I-4b-3)では、ドッキングスコアが-7以下であった。一方、対照化合物(X)のドッキングスコアは、-6以上であった。 Compounds (I-3a-1) ~ (I-3a-5), (I-4a-1) ~ (I-4a-5), (I-5a-4), (I-6a-2) ~ ( In I-6a-4), (I-3b-1) to (I-3b-3), and (I-4b-1) to (I-4b-3), the docking score was -7 or less. . On the other hand, the docking score of the control compound (X) was -6 or higher.
[実施例4]
(ヒトライノウイルスの3CLプロテアーゼに対するドッキングシミュレーション試験)
次いで、SARS-CoV-2の3CLプロテアーゼとリガンドとの共結晶のファイルの代わりに、ヒトライノウイルスの3CLプロテアーゼとリガンドとの共結晶のファイルを用いて、CYS145SGに代えてCYS147SGを、HIS163NEに代えてHIS161NEを対象として、実施例2と同様の方法により、上記に示す化合物のうち、各化合物(I-3a-1)、(I-3a-2)、(I-4a-1)、(I-4a-5)、(I-5a-1)~(I-5a-3)、(I-6a-2)~(I-6a-5)、(I-3b-1)、(I-4b-2)、(I-4b-3)、(I-5b-2)、(I-5b-23)、及び(I-6b-1)~(I-6b-2)のドッキングシミュレーションを実施した。
[Example 4]
(Docking simulation test for 3CL protease of human rhinovirus)
Then, instead of the SARS-CoV-2 3CL protease and ligand co-crystal file, the human rhinovirus 3CL protease and ligand co-crystal file was used to replace CYS145SG with CYS147SG and HIS163NE. Using HIS161NE as a target, by the same method as in Example 2, among the compounds shown above, each compound (I-3a-1), (I-3a-2), (I-4a-1), (I -4a-5), (I-5a-1) ~ (I-5a-3), (I-6a-2) ~ (I-6a-5), (I-3b-1), (I-4b -2), (I-4b-3), (I-5b-2), (I-5b-23), and (I-6b-1) to (I-6b-2) docking simulations were performed .
化合物(I-3a-1)、(I-3a-2)、(I-4a-1)、(I-4a-5)、(I-5a-1)~(I-5a-3)、(I-6a-2)~(I-6a-5)、(I-3b-1)、(I-4b-2)、(I-4b-3)、(I-5b-2)、(I-5b-3)、及び(I-6b-1)~(I-6b-2)では、ドッキングスコアが-7以下であった。一方、対照化合物(X)のドッキングスコアは、-6以上であった。 Compounds (I-3a-1), (I-3a-2), (I-4a-1), (I-4a-5), (I-5a-1) ~ (I-5a-3), ( I-6a-2) ~ (I-6a-5), (I-3b-1), (I-4b-2), (I-4b-3), (I-5b-2), (I- 5b-3) and (I-6b-1) to (I-6b-2) had a docking score of -7 or less. On the other hand, the docking score of the control compound (X) was -6 or higher.
本実施形態の化合物によれば、プロテアーゼに対する阻害活性を有し、且つ、非ペプチド様構造からなる新規化合物を提供することができる。本実施形態のプロテアーゼ阻害剤は、前記化合物を含み、プロテアーゼを効果的に阻害することができる。本実施形態の抗ウイルス性医薬組成物は、前記プロテアーゼ阻害剤を含み、ウイルスの複製及び増殖を効果的に抑制することができる。 According to the compound of the present embodiment, it is possible to provide a novel compound that has inhibitory activity against protease and has a non-peptide-like structure. The protease inhibitor of this embodiment contains the above compound and can effectively inhibit proteases. The antiviral pharmaceutical composition of this embodiment contains the protease inhibitor and can effectively suppress viral replication and proliferation.
Claims (8)
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2023574055A JPWO2023136277A1 (en) | 2022-01-12 | 2023-01-12 |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2022002869 | 2022-01-12 | ||
| JP2022-002869 | 2022-01-12 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2023136277A1 true WO2023136277A1 (en) | 2023-07-20 |
Family
ID=87279146
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2023/000548 Ceased WO2023136277A1 (en) | 2022-01-12 | 2023-01-12 | Compound and use of same |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JPWO2023136277A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2023136277A1 (en) |
Citations (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH04308560A (en) * | 1990-12-18 | 1992-10-30 | Eli Lilly & Co | Benzamide and sulfonamide hypoglycemics |
| WO2013049382A2 (en) * | 2011-09-27 | 2013-04-04 | Kansas State University Research Foundation | Broad-spectrum antivirals against 3c or 3c-like proteases of picornavirus-like supercluster: picornaviruses, caliciviruses and coronaviruses |
| CN113181339A (en) * | 2020-01-29 | 2021-07-30 | 中国科学院上海药物研究所 | Medicinal application of aldehyde compound |
| WO2021223718A1 (en) * | 2020-05-06 | 2021-11-11 | 中国科学院上海药物研究所 | Aldehyde group compounds preparation method therefor, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and use thereof |
| WO2021252644A1 (en) * | 2020-06-09 | 2021-12-16 | Pardes Biosciences, Inc. | Inhibitors of cysteine proteases and methods of use thereof |
| CN114057702A (en) * | 2020-07-31 | 2022-02-18 | 四川大学 | Novel inhibitor of coronavirus main protease and preparation method and application thereof |
| JP2023000996A (en) * | 2021-06-18 | 2023-01-04 | ラクオリア創薬株式会社 | Ketoamide derivatives as protease inhibitors |
-
2023
- 2023-01-12 JP JP2023574055A patent/JPWO2023136277A1/ja active Pending
- 2023-01-12 WO PCT/JP2023/000548 patent/WO2023136277A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH04308560A (en) * | 1990-12-18 | 1992-10-30 | Eli Lilly & Co | Benzamide and sulfonamide hypoglycemics |
| WO2013049382A2 (en) * | 2011-09-27 | 2013-04-04 | Kansas State University Research Foundation | Broad-spectrum antivirals against 3c or 3c-like proteases of picornavirus-like supercluster: picornaviruses, caliciviruses and coronaviruses |
| CN113181339A (en) * | 2020-01-29 | 2021-07-30 | 中国科学院上海药物研究所 | Medicinal application of aldehyde compound |
| WO2021223718A1 (en) * | 2020-05-06 | 2021-11-11 | 中国科学院上海药物研究所 | Aldehyde group compounds preparation method therefor, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and use thereof |
| WO2021252644A1 (en) * | 2020-06-09 | 2021-12-16 | Pardes Biosciences, Inc. | Inhibitors of cysteine proteases and methods of use thereof |
| CN114057702A (en) * | 2020-07-31 | 2022-02-18 | 四川大学 | Novel inhibitor of coronavirus main protease and preparation method and application thereof |
| JP2023000996A (en) * | 2021-06-18 | 2023-01-04 | ラクオリア創薬株式会社 | Ketoamide derivatives as protease inhibitors |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JPWO2023136277A1 (en) | 2023-07-20 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| ES2483992T3 (en) | Oxazole compound and pharmaceutical composition | |
| JP6896618B2 (en) | Boronic acid derivative | |
| HU225499B1 (en) | 3,5-disubstituted and 3,4,5-trisubstituted 2-isoxazolines and isoxazoles, process for preparating the same and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same | |
| MC1921A1 (en) | ACYL DERIVATIVES | |
| CN110959008A (en) | penicillin binding protein inhibitor | |
| CA3005809A1 (en) | Iminotetrahydropyrimidinone derivatives as plasmepsin v inhibitors | |
| JP6130600B2 (en) | Tricyclic benzoxabolol compound, production method and use thereof | |
| AU2022201724B2 (en) | Macrocyclic broad spectrum antibiotics | |
| DK161082B (en) | ANALOGY PROCEDURE FOR PREPARING SYN-ISOMER OXIMER DERIVATIVES OF 7-AMINOTHIAZOLYLACETAMIDOCEPHALOSPORANIC ACID | |
| US12234210B2 (en) | Synthesis of nirogacestat | |
| DK155943B (en) | METHOD OF ANALOGUE FOR THE PREPARATION OF 7-D - (-) - ALFA-AMINO-ALFA- (P-ACETOXYPHENYL) ACETAMIDOCEPHALOSPORAN ACIDS | |
| EP3891142B1 (en) | Heteroaromatic compounds as vanin inhibitors | |
| EP0628035A1 (en) | Retroviral protease inhibitors | |
| JP2023152927A (en) | Thiazolo[5,4-b]pyridine MALT-1 inhibitor | |
| JP2007516295A (en) | Amidino compounds as cysteine protease inhibitors | |
| WO2023136277A1 (en) | Compound and use of same | |
| HU189290B (en) | Process for preparing new 2-oxo-1-azetidine-sulphonic acid derivatives and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, further pharmaceutical compositions containing such derivatives as active substances | |
| CS196371B2 (en) | Method of preparing 2-lower alkyl-7-substituted 2-or 3-cephem-4-carboxylic acids | |
| FR2468608A1 (en) | 1-OXADETHIACEPHALOSPORIN DERIVATIVES, THEIR PRODUCTION PROCESS AND ANTI-BACTERIAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM | |
| CN103508957B (en) | Hydroxyethyl pyrazole compound or aminoethyl pyrazole compound, preparation method and use thereof | |
| MC1967A1 (en) | B-LACTAMINE COMPOUND, PROCESS FOR ITS PREPARATION, INTERMEDIATE FOR ITS SYNTHESIS, AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING SAME, FOR THE TREATMENT OF INFECTIOUS DISEASES OF BACTERIAL ORIGIN | |
| TWI905452B (en) | Synthesis of nirogacestat | |
| CN102010425B (en) | 1,4-disulfide-7-azaspiro [4,4] nonane-8-carboxylic acid derivative histone deacetylase inhibitor and application thereof | |
| EP0100041B1 (en) | 1-sulfo-2-azetidinone derivatives, their production and use | |
| EP1838660A2 (en) | New one-step synthesis of useful disubstituted amines |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23740285 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2023574055 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 23740285 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |